]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
* font-lock.el (font-lock-maximum-decoration): Mention what numeric levels mean.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19968 28627))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19931 11784))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19886 45771))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
573 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
574
575 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
576
577 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
578 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
579 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
580 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
581 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
582 which is organized as an allout outline.)
583
584 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
585
586 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
587 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
588 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
589 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
590 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
591 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
592 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
593 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
594
595 and many other features.
596
597 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
598 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
599 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
600 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
601 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
602
603 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
604 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
605 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
606 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
607 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
608 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
609 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
610 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
611 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
612 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
613
614 Exposure Control:
615 ----------------
616 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
617 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
618 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
620 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
621
622 Navigation:
623 ----------
624 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
625 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
626 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
627 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
628 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
629 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
630 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
631 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
632 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
633 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
634
635
636 Topic Header Production:
637 -----------------------
638 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
639 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
640 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
641
642 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
643 ---------------------------------
644 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
645 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
646 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
647 current topic
648 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
649 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
650 are alternated according to nesting depth.
651 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
652 the offspring are not affected.
653 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
654
655 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
656 ----------------------------------
657 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
658 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
659 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
660 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
661 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
662 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
663 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
664 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
665
666 Topic-oriented Encryption:
667 -------------------------
668 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
669 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
670
671 Misc commands:
672 -------------
673 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
674 and establish a default file-var setting
675 for `allout-layout'.
676 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
677 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
678 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
679 buffer with name derived from derived from that
680 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
681 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
682 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
683 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
684 format.
685 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
686 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
687 auto-activation.
688
689 Topic Encryption
690
691 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
692 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
693 pending encryption on save.
694
695 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
696 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
697 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
698 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
699 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
700
701 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
702 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
703 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
704 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
705 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
706 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
707 signal.
708
709 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
710 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
711 for details.
712
713 HOT-SPOT Operation
714
715 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
716 navigation and exposure control.
717
718 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
719 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
720 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
721 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
722 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
723
724 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
725 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
726 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
727 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
728 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
729
730 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
731 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
732 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
733 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
734 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
735 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
736 at the beginning of the current entry.
737
738 Extending Allout
739
740 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
741 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
742 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
743
744 `allout-mode-hook'
745 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
746 `allout-mode-off-hook'
747 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
748 `allout-structure-added-hook'
749 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
750 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
751 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
752
753 Terminology
754
755 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
756
757 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
758 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
759 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
760 CURRENT ITEM:
761 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
762 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
763 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
764 called the:
765 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
766
767 ANCESTORS:
768 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
769 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
770 of the ITEM.
771 OFFSPRING:
772 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
773 SUBTOPIC:
774 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
775 CHILD:
776 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
777 SIBLINGS:
778 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
779
780 Topic text constituents:
781
782 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
783 text.
784 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
785 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
786 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
787 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
788 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
789 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
790 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
791 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
792 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
793 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
794 the PREFIX.
795
796 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
797 of the ITEM.
798 PREFIX-LEAD:
799 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
800 It can be customized by changing the setting of
801 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
802
803 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
804 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
805 program code without interfering with processing of the text
806 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
807 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
808 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
809 docstring for more detail.
810 PREFIX-PADDING:
811 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
812 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
813 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
814 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
815 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
816 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
817 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
818 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
819 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
820 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
821 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
822 more details.
823 EXPOSURE:
824 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
825 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
826 CONCEALED:
827 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
828 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
829
830 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
831 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
832 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
833
834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
835
836 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
837
838 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
839 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
840
841 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
842 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
843
844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
845
846 ;;;***
847 \f
848 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
849 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
850 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
852
853 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
854
855 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
856 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
857
858 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
859
860 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
861
862 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
863 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
864
865 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
866 visiting an outline.
867
868 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
869 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
870
871 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
872 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
873 you want allout widgets operation.
874
875 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
876
877 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
878
879 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
880
881 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
882 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
883
884 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
885
886 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
887 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
888 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
889
890 The graphics include:
891
892 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
893
894 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
895 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
896
897 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
898 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
899
900 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
901 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
902 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
903
904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
909 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19977 43600))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
911
912 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
915 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
916 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
917 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
918 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
919 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
920
921 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
922
923 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
924
925
926 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
927
928 ;;;***
929 \f
930 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
931 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19845 45374))
932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
933
934 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
935 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
936 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
937 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
938 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
939 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
940 in the current window.
941
942 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
945 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
946 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
947
948 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
949
950 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
951 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
952 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
953
954 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
955
956 ;;;***
957 \f
958 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
959 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
961
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
963 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964
965 \(fn)" t nil)
966
967 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
968 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969
970 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
971 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
972 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
973 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974
975 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
976 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977
978 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979
980 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981
982 ;;;***
983 \f
984 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
985 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
987
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
994
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
999
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1009
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1011
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1015
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1017
1018 ;;;***
1019 \f
1020 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1021 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1023
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1030
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1032
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1037
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1039
1040 ;;;***
1041 \f
1042 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1043 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1044 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19909 7240))
1045 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046
1047 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1048 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1049 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1050 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051
1052 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1053 kind of objects to search.
1054
1055 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056
1057 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1058 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1065 normal variables.
1066
1067 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068
1069 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1070
1071 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1072 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1073 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1074 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1075 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1076 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1077
1078 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1079 noninteractive functions.
1080
1081 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1082 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1083
1084 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1085 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1086
1087 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1088
1089 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1090 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1091
1092 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1093
1094 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1095 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1096 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1097 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1098
1099 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1100 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1101 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1102 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1103
1104 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1105 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1106
1107 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1108
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1110
1111 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1112 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1113 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1114 thus be found in `load-history'.
1115
1116 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1117
1118 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1119 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1120 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1121 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1122 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1123 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1124
1125 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1126 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1127 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1128
1129 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1130
1131 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1132 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1133 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1134 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1135 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1136 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1137
1138 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1139 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1140 bindings.
1141 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1142
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1144
1145 ;;;***
1146 \f
1147 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19886
1148 ;;;;;; 45771))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1150
1151 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1152 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1153 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1154 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1155 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1156 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1157
1158 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1159 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1160 archive.
1161
1162 \\{archive-mode-map}
1163
1164 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1165
1166 ;;;***
1167 \f
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1170
1171 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1172 Major mode for editing arrays.
1173
1174 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1175 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1176 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1177
1178 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1179
1180 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1181 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1182 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1183
1184 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1185 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1186 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1187 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1188 The variables are:
1189
1190 Variables you assign:
1191 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1192 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1193 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1194 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1195 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1196 row numbers in the buffer.
1197
1198 Variables which are calculated:
1199 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1200 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1201
1202 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1203 take a numeric prefix argument):
1204
1205 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1206 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1207 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1208 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1209
1210 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1211 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1212 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1213 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1214
1215 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1219
1220 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1221 between that of point and mark.
1222
1223 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1224 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1225
1226 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1227 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1228 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1229 newlines inside rows)
1230
1231 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1232
1233 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1234
1235 \(fn)" t nil)
1236
1237 ;;;***
1238 \f
1239 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19914
1240 ;;;;;; 25180))
1241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1242
1243 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1244 Toggle Artist mode.
1245 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1246 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1247 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1248
1249 How to quit Artist mode
1250
1251 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1252
1253
1254 How to submit a bug report
1255
1256 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1257
1258
1259 Drawing with the mouse:
1260
1261 mouse-2
1262 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1263 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1264 below).
1265
1266 mouse-1
1267 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1268 or pastes:
1269
1270 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1273 to new point
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1290 lines
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Paste Paste Paste
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300
1301 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1302 or diagonally.
1303
1304 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1305 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1306 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1307 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1308 poly-lines.
1309
1310 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1311 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1312 overwrite means the opposite.
1313
1314 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1315 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1316 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1317
1318 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1319
1320 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1321 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1322
1323 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1324 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1325 are currently drawing something.
1326
1327 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1328 some time to fill.
1329
1330
1331 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1332 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1333
1334
1335 Settings
1336
1337 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1338
1339 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1340
1341 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1342
1343 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1344
1345 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1346 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1347
1348 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1349
1350
1351 Drawing with keys
1352
1353 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1354 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1355 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1356 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1357 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1358 When pasting: Pastes
1359
1360 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1361
1362 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1363
1364 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1365 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1366 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1367 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1368 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1369 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1370
1371
1372 Arrows
1373
1374 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1375 of the line/poly-line
1376
1377 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1378 of the line/poly-line
1379
1380
1381 Selecting operation
1382
1383 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1384
1385 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1386 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1387 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1388 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1389 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1390 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1391 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1392 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1393 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1394 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1395 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1396 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1397 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1398 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1404 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1405
1406
1407 Variables
1408
1409 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1410 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1411
1412 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1413 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1414 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1415 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1416 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1417 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1418 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1419 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1420 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1421 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1422 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1423 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1424 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1425 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1426 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1427 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1428 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1429 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1430 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1431
1432 Hooks
1433
1434 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1435 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1436
1437
1438 Keymap summary
1439
1440 \\{artist-mode-map}
1441
1442 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1443
1444 ;;;***
1445 \f
1446 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1447 ;;;;;; 42850))
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1449
1450 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1451 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1452 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1453
1454 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1455 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1456 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1457 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1458
1459 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1460 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1461
1462 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1463 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1464
1465 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1466
1467 Special commands:
1468 \\{asm-mode-map}
1469
1470 \(fn)" t nil)
1471
1472 ;;;***
1473 \f
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1475 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
1476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1477
1478 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1479 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1480 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1481 let-binding.")
1482
1483 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1484
1485 ;;;***
1486 \f
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1488 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1489 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1490
1491 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1492 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1493 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1494
1495 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1496
1497 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1498 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1499 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1500 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1501 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1502 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1503 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1504 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1505 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1506 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1507
1508 For example:
1509 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1510 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1511 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1512 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1513 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1514
1515 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1516
1517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1518
1519 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1520 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1521 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1524 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1525
1526 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1527
1528 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1529 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1530 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1531 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1532 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1533 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1534
1535 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 ;;;***
1540 \f
1541 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1542 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1544
1545 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1546 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1547
1548 \(fn)" t nil)
1549
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1553 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19845 45374))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1555
1556 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1557 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1558 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1559
1560 \(fn)" t nil)
1561
1562 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1563 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1564 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1565 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1566
1567 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1568
1569 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1570 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1571 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1574 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1575
1576 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1579 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1580 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1581 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1582
1583 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1584 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1585
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1587
1588 ;;;***
1589 \f
1590 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1591 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1592 ;;;;;; (19924 47209))
1593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1594
1595 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1596
1597 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1598
1599 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1600 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1601 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1602
1603 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1604 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1605 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1606 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1607 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1608
1609 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1610
1611 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1612
1613 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1615 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1616 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1617 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1618
1619 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1620 directory or directories specified.
1621
1622 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1623 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1624 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1625 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1626 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1627 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1628
1629 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1633 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1634 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1635 should be non-nil).
1636
1637 \(fn)" nil nil)
1638
1639 ;;;***
1640 \f
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1642 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1643 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19878 51661))
1644 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1645
1646 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1647 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1648
1649 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1650 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1651 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1652 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1653 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1654
1655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1656
1657 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1658 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1659
1660 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1661 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1662
1663 \(fn)" nil nil)
1664
1665 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1666 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1667 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1668
1669 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1670 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1671 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1672 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1673 reflected in the current buffer.
1674
1675 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1676 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1677 writing before you save the file!
1678
1679 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1680
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1685
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1688
1689 \(fn)" nil nil)
1690
1691 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1692 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1693 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1696 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1697
1698 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1699
1700 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1702 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1703 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1704
1705 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1706 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1707 to revert a particular buffer.
1708
1709 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1710 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1711 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1712 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1713 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1714
1715 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1716 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1717 specifies in the mode line.
1718
1719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1720
1721 ;;;***
1722 \f
1723 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1724 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1725 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1726
1727 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1728 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1729 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1731 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1732
1733 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1734
1735 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1736 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1737 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1738 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1739
1740 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1741 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1742 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1743
1744 Effects of the different modes:
1745 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1746 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1747 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1748 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1749 a random distance & direction.
1750 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1751 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1752 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1753
1754 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1755
1756 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1757 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1758 definition of \"random distance\".)
1759
1760 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1761
1762 ;;;***
1763 \f
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1765 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1767 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1768
1769 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1770 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1771 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1772 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1773
1774 \(fn)" t nil)
1775
1776 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1777 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1778 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1781 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1782
1783 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1784
1785 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1786 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1787 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1788 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1789 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1790 seconds.
1791
1792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1793
1794 ;;;***
1795 \f
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1797 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19981 40664))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1799
1800 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1801 Time execution of FORMS.
1802 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1803 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1804 FORMS once.
1805 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1806 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1807 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1808
1809 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1810
1811 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1812 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1813 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1814 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1815 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1816
1817 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1818
1819 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1820 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1821 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1822 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1823 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1824
1825 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1826
1827 ;;;***
1828 \f
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1830 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19971 4823))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1832
1833 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1834 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1835 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1836 of corresponding buffers.
1837 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1838 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1839 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1840 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1841 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1842 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1843
1844 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1845
1846 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1847 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1848
1849 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1850
1851 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1852 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1853 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1854 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1855
1856 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1857 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1858 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1859 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1860 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1861
1862 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1863 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1864
1865
1866 Special information:
1867
1868 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1869
1870 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1871 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1872 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1873 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1874 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1875 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1876 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1877 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1878 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1879 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1880 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1881
1882 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1883 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1884 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1885 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1886 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1887 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1888 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1889 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1890
1891 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1892
1893 ----------------------------------------------------------
1894 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1895 if that value is non-nil.
1896
1897 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1898
1899 \(fn)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1902 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1903 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1904 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1905 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1906 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1907 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1908 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1909 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1910 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1911 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1912 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1913
1914 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1915
1916 ;;;***
1917 \f
1918 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1919 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1921
1922 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1923 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1924
1925 \(fn)" t nil)
1926
1927 ;;;***
1928 \f
1929 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1930 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1931 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1933
1934 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1935
1936 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1937 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1938 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1939
1940 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1943 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1944
1945 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1946
1947 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1948 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1949
1950 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1951
1952 ;;;***
1953 \f
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1955 ;;;;;; 45374))
1956 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1957
1958 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1959 Play blackbox.
1960 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1961
1962 What is blackbox?
1963
1964 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1965 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1966 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1967 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1968 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1969 your score.
1970
1971 Overview of play:
1972
1973 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1974 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1975 four.
1976
1977 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1978 movement keys.
1979
1980 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1981 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1982
1983 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1984 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1985
1986 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1987 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1988 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1989 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1990 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1991 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1992
1993 Details:
1994
1995 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1996
1997 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1998 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1999 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2000 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2001
2002 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2003 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2004 denoted by the letter `R'.
2005
2006 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2007 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2008 denoted by the letter `H'.
2009
2010 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2011 example.
2012
2013 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2014 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2015 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2016 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2017 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2018 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2019 ray.
2020
2021 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2022 degree deflection it causes.
2023
2024 1
2025 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2026 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2027 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2028 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2029 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2030 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2031 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2032 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2033 2 3
2034
2035 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2036 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2037
2038
2039 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2040 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2041 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2042 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2043 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2044 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2045 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2046 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2047
2048 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2049 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2050 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2051 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2052 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2053 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2054 emerging from the box.
2055
2056 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2057
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2060 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2061 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2062 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2063 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2066
2067 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2068 a reflection.
2069
2070 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2071
2072 ;;;***
2073 \f
2074 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2075 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2076 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2077 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2078 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19914 25180))
2079 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2080 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2081 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2082 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2083
2084 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2085 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2086 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2087 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2088 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2089 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2090 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2091
2092 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2093 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2094 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2095
2096 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2097 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2098 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2099 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2100 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2101 recent one.
2102
2103 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2104 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2105 yank successive words.
2106
2107 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2108 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2109 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2110 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2111 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2112
2113 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2114 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2115 the list of bookmarks.)
2116
2117 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2120 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2121 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2122 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2123 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2124 this.
2125
2126 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2127 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2128 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2129 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2130
2131 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2132 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2133
2134 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2135 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2136 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2137
2138 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2141 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2142
2143 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2146 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2147
2148 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2149 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2150 after a bookmark was set in it.
2151
2152 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2153
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2155 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2156
2157 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2158 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2159
2160 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2161
2162 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2163
2164 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2165 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2166 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2167 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2168
2169 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2170 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2171 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2172
2173 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2174 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2175 name.
2176
2177 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2180 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2181 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2182
2183 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2184 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2185 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2186 this.
2187
2188 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2189
2190 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2191 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2192
2193 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2194 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2195 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2196 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2197 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2198 probably because we were called from there.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2203 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2204 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2205
2206 \(fn)" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2209 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2210 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2211 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2212 \(second argument).
2213
2214 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2215 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2216 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2217 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2218 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2219
2220 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2221 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2222 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2223 `bookmark-default-file'.
2224
2225 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2228 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2229 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2230 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2231 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2232 while loading.
2233
2234 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2235 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2236 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2237 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2238 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2239 explicitly.
2240
2241 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2242 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2243 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2244 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2245
2246 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2247
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2249 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2250 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2251 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2252 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2257
2258 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2259
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2261 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2262
2263 \(fn)" t nil)
2264
2265 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2266
2267 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2268
2269 ;;;***
2270 \f
2271 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2272 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2273 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2274 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2275 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2276 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2277 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2278 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2279 ;;;;;; (19973 46551))
2280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2281
2282 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2283 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2284 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2285 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2286
2287 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2288 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2289 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2290 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2291 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2292
2293 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2294
2295 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2297 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2298 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2299 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2300 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2301
2302 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2303
2304 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2305 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2306 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2307 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2308 narrowed.
2309
2310 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2311
2312 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2313 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2314
2315 \(fn)" t nil)
2316
2317 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2318 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2319
2320 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2321
2322 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2324 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2325 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2326 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2327 first, if that exists.
2328
2329 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2333 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2334 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2335
2336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2337
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2340 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2341 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2342 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2343 to use.
2344
2345 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2348
2349
2350 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2354 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2355 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2356
2357 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2358 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2359 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2360 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361
2362 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2363 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2364 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2365
2366 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2367 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368
2369 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2370
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2373 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2374 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2375
2376 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2377 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2378 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2379 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380
2381 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2382 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2383 new tab in an existing window instead.
2384
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2393 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2394 Firefox.
2395
2396 When called interactively, if variable
2397 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2398 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2399 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2400 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2403 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2404 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2405
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2407 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2410 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2411 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2412 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2413 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2414 URL in a new window.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2419 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2420 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2421 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2422
2423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2424 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2425 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2426 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427
2428 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2429 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2430 new tab in an existing window instead.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2439
2440 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441
2442 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2443 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2444 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2445 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2446
2447 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2448 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2449 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2450 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2459
2460 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2461 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2462 program is invoked according to the variable
2463 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2464
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469
2470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474
2475 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2476 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2477 Default to the URL around or before point.
2478
2479 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2480 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2481 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2482
2483 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2484 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2485 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2486 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487
2488 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2489 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point.
2496
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2499 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2508 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2509 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2510
2511 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512
2513 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2515 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2516 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2517 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2518 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2524 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2525 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2526 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2527
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2530 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2531 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2537
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2539 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2540 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2541 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2542 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2543 current one.
2544
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2547 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2548 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2557 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2558 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2559 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2560 don't offer a form of remote control.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2566 Default to the URL around or before point.
2567
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2569
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around the point.
2573
2574 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2575 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2576
2577 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2578 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2579
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2581
2582 ;;;***
2583 \f
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2585 ;;;;;; 45374))
2586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2587
2588 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2589 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2590
2591 \(fn)" t nil)
2592
2593 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2594 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2595
2596 \(fn)" nil nil)
2597
2598 ;;;***
2599 \f
2600 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2601 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19976 22732))
2602 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2603
2604 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2605 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2606 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2607 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2608
2609 \(fn)" t nil)
2610
2611 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2612 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2613 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2614 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2615
2616 \(fn)" t nil)
2617
2618 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2619 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2620
2621 \(fn)" t nil)
2622
2623 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2624 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2625 \\<bs-mode-map>
2626 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2627 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2628 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2629 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2630
2631 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2632 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2633 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2634 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2635 name of buffer configuration.
2636
2637 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2638
2639 ;;;***
2640 \f
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19889 21967))
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2643
2644 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2645 Play Bubbles game.
2646 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2647 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2648 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2649 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2650 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2651 columns on its right towards the left.
2652
2653 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2654 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2655 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2656 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2657
2658 \(fn)" t nil)
2659
2660 ;;;***
2661 \f
2662 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2663 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19890 42850))
2664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2665
2666 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2667
2668 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2669 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2670
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2674 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2675
2676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2677
2678 ;;;***
2679 \f
2680 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2681 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2682 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2683 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2684 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19968 28627))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2686 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2687 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2688 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2689
2690 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2691
2692 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2693 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2694 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2695 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2696 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2697 else the global value will be modified.
2698
2699 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2702 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2703 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2704 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2705 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2706 else the global value will be modified.
2707
2708 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2709
2710 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2711 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2712 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2713
2714 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2715
2716 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2717 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2718 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2719 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2720
2721 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2722 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2723 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2724 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2725 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2726 before scanning it.
2727
2728 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2729 that already has a `.elc' file.
2730
2731 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2732 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2733
2734 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2735 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2736 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2737 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2738 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2739 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2740
2741 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2742
2743 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2744 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2745 Print the result in the echo area.
2746 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2747
2748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2751 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2752 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2753
2754 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2757 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2758 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2759 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2760 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2761 all functions called by those functions.
2762
2763 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2764 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2765 cons, etc.).
2766
2767 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2768 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2769 invoked interactively.
2770
2771 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2772
2773 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2774 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2775 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2776 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2777
2778 \(fn)" nil nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2781 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2782 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2783 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2784 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2785 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2786 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2787 already up-to-date.
2788
2789 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2790
2791 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2792 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2793 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2794 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2795
2796 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2797 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2798 and corresponding effects.
2799
2800 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2801
2802 ;;;***
2803 \f
2804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2805 ;;;;;; 24894))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2807
2808 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2809
2810 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2811
2812 ;;;***
2813 \f
2814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2815 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2816
2817 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2818
2819 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2820
2821 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2822
2823 ;;;***
2824 \f
2825 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2826 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2828
2829 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2830 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2831 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2832 from the cursor position.
2833
2834 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2835
2836 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2837
2838 ;;;***
2839 \f
2840 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2841 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2842 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19943
2843 ;;;;;; 25429))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2845 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2846
2847 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2848 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2849
2850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2853 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2854
2855 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2856
2857 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2859
2860 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2861
2862 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2863 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2864
2865 \(fn)" t nil)
2866
2867 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2868 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2869 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2870 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2871
2872 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2873
2874 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2875 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2876 This is most useful in the X window system.
2877 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2878 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2879
2880 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2884 See calc-keypad for details.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2889 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2890
2891 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2894 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2895
2896 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2899 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2900
2901 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2904 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2905 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2906
2907 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2910 Define Calc function.
2911
2912 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2913 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2914 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2915
2916 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2917 actual Lisp function name.
2918
2919 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2920
2921 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2922
2923 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2924
2925 ;;;***
2926 \f
2927 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2928 ;;;;;; 45374))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2932
2933
2934 \(fn N)" t nil)
2935
2936 ;;;***
2937 \f
2938 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19931
2939 ;;;;;; 11784))
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2941
2942 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2943 Run the Emacs calculator.
2944 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2945
2946 \(fn)" t nil)
2947
2948 ;;;***
2949 \f
2950 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19956
2951 ;;;;;; 37456))
2952 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2953
2954 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2955 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2956 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2957 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2958 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2959 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2960
2961 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2962 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2963 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2964 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2965 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2966 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2967 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2968 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2969 window.
2970
2971 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2972 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2973
2974 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2975 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2976 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2977 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2978 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2979 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2980
2981 Runs the following hooks:
2982
2983 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2984 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2985 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2986 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2987
2988 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2989
2990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2991
2992 ;;;***
2993 \f
2994 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2995 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
2996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2997
2998 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2999 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3000
3001 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3002
3003 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3004 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3005 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3006 it fails.
3007
3008 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3009
3010 ;;;***
3011 \f
3012 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3013 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3015
3016 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3017 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3018
3019 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3020 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3021 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3022 restriction to ASCII.
3023
3024 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3025
3026 capitalizedWorDD
3027 ^ ^ ^^
3028
3029 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3030 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3031 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3032
3033 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3034 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3035 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3036 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3037 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3038 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3039 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3040
3041 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3042 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3043
3044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3045
3046 ;;;***
3047 \f
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3049 ;;;;;; 45374))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3051 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3052
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3056 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3058
3059 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3060 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3061
3062 \(fn)" nil nil)
3063
3064 ;;;***
3065 \f
3066 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3067 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3068 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (19981 40664))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3070
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3072 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3073
3074 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3075 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3076
3077 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3078 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3079
3080 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3090
3091 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3092 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3093 made from scratch.
3094
3095 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3096
3097 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3098 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3099
3100 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3110
3111 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3112 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3113 made from scratch.
3114
3115 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3116
3117 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3118 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3119
3120 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3121
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3125
3126 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3130
3131 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3132 variables are guessed:
3133
3134 * `c-basic-offset', and
3135 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3136 `c-offsets-alist'.
3137
3138 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3139 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3140
3141 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3142 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3143
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3146 guess is made from scratch.
3147
3148 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3149 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3150
3151 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152
3153 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3154 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3155 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3156 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3157
3158 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3159 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3160 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3161
3162 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3163
3164 ;;;***
3165 \f
3166 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3167 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3168 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
3169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3170
3171 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3172 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3173 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3174 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3175 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3176 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3177 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3178
3179 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3180
3181 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3182 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3184 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3185 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3186 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3187 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3188 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3189 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3190 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3191
3192 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3193 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3194 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3195 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3196 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3197 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3198
3199 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3200
3201 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3202 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3203
3204 Key bindings:
3205 \\{c-mode-map}
3206
3207 \(fn)" t nil)
3208
3209 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3210 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3211
3212 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3213 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3214 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3215 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3216 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3217 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3218 message.
3219
3220 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3221
3222 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3223 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3224
3225 Key bindings:
3226 \\{c++-mode-map}
3227
3228 \(fn)" t nil)
3229
3230 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3231 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3233
3234 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3237 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3241
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3246
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{objc-mode-map}
3249
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251
3252 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3253 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3254 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3255
3256 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3257 Major mode for editing Java code.
3258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3259 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3262 message.
3263
3264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3265
3266 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3267 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3268
3269 Key bindings:
3270 \\{java-mode-map}
3271
3272 \(fn)" t nil)
3273
3274 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3275 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3277
3278 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3285
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3290
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{idl-mode-map}
3293
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295
3296 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3297 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3300
3301 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3304 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3305 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3306 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3307 message.
3308
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3313
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{pike-mode-map}
3316
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3323 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3324
3325 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3326 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3327 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3328 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3329 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3330 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3331
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3336
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{awk-mode-map}
3339
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3345 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19981 40664))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3347
3348 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3349 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3350 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3351 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3352
3353 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3354
3355 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3356 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3357 might get set too.
3358
3359 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3360 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3361 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3362 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3363 way.
3364
3365 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3366 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3367 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3368 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3369 a null operation.
3370
3371 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3372
3373 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3374 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3375 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3376 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3377
3378 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3379
3380 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3381 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3382 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3383
3384 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3385
3386 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3387 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3388 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3389 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3390 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3391
3392 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3393
3394 ;;;***
3395 \f
3396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19845 45374))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3398 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3399 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3400 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3405 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3408
3409 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3410 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3411
3412 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3413
3414 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3415 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3416
3417 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3418
3419 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3420 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3421
3422 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3423 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3424 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3425 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3426 execution.
3427
3428 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3429
3430 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3431
3432 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3433 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3434
3435 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3436 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3437 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3438 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3439
3440 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3441 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3442 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3443 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3444 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3445 `write' commands.
3446
3447 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3448 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3449 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3450 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3451
3452 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3453 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3454 semantics.
3455
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3457
3458 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3459
3460 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3461
3462 STATEMENT :=
3463 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3464 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3465
3466 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3467 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3468 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3469 | integer
3470
3471 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3472
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3474 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3475 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3476
3477 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3478 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3479 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3480
3481 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3482 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3483
3484 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3485 BREAK := (break)
3486
3487 REPEAT :=
3488 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3489 (repeat)
3490 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3491 ;; (repeat))
3492 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3493 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3494 ;; (read REG)
3495 ;; (repeat))
3496 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3498 ;; (read REG)
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3501
3502 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3503 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3504 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3505 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3506 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3507 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3510 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3511 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3512 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3513 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3514 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3515 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3516 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3517 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3518
3519 WRITE :=
3520 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3521 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3522 ;; representation.
3523 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3524 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3525 ;; (write r7))
3526 | (write EXPRESSION)
3527 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3528 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3529 ;; representation.
3530 | (write integer)
3531 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3532 ;; buffer.
3533 | (write string)
3534 ;; Same as: (write string)
3535 | string
3536 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3537 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3538 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3539 ;; representation.
3540 | (write REG ARRAY)
3541 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3542 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3543 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3544 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3545 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3546 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3547
3548 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3549 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3550
3551 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3552 END := (end)
3553
3554 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3555 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3556 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3557
3558 ARG := REG | integer
3559
3560 OPERATOR :=
3561 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3562 + | - | * | / | %
3563
3564 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3565 | & | `|' | ^
3566
3567 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3568 | << | >>
3569
3570 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3572 | <8
3573
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3576 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3577 | >8
3578
3579 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3580 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3581 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3582 | //
3583
3584 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3585 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3586
3587 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3588 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3591 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3592 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3593 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3594 | de-sjis
3595
3596 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3597 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3598 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3599 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3600 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3601 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3602 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3603 ;; byte of SJIS.
3604 | en-sjis
3605
3606 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3607 ;; Same meaning as C code
3608 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3609
3610 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3611 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3612 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3613 | <8=
3614
3615 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3616 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3617 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3618
3619 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3621 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3622 | //=
3623
3624 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3625
3626
3627 TRANSLATE :=
3628 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3629 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3630 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3631 LOOKUP :=
3632 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3633 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3634 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3635 MAP :=
3636 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3637 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3638 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3639 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3640 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3641 MAP-ID := integer
3642
3643 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3644
3645 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3646
3647 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3648 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3649 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3650 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3651 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3652 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3653
3654 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3655
3656 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3657 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3658 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3659
3660 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3661
3662 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3663
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3667 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3669
3670 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3671 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3672 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3673 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3674
3675 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3676
3677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3678
3679 ;;;***
3680 \f
3681 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode cfengine3-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3682 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3684
3685 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3686 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3687 There are no special keybindings by default.
3688
3689 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3690 to the action header.
3691
3692 \(fn)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3695 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3696 There are no special keybindings by default.
3697
3698 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3699 to the action header.
3700
3701 \(fn)" t nil)
3702
3703 ;;;***
3704 \f
3705 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3706 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3708
3709 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3710 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3711 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3712
3713 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3716 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3717 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3718
3719 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3720
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3724 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3725 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3726 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3727 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3728 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3729 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3730 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3731 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19931 11784))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3733 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3738
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3740
3741
3742 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3743
3744 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3745 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3746 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3747 the users will view as each check is completed.
3748
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3752 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3753 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3754 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3755 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3756 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3757 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3758 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3759
3760 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3761
3762 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3763 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3764 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3765 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3766 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3767 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3768 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3769 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3770
3771 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3772
3773 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3774 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3775 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3776 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3777 spacing are all verified.
3778
3779 \(fn)" t nil)
3780
3781 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3782 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3783 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3784 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3785 otherwise stop after the first error.
3786
3787 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3790 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3791 Only documentation strings are checked.
3792 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3794 a separate buffer.
3795
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3799 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3800 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3801 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3802 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3803
3804 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3805
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3807 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3809 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3810 if there is one.
3811
3812 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3815 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3816 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3817 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3818 if there is one.
3819 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3820
3821 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3822
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3824 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3825 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3826
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3830 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3831 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3832 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3833 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3834
3835 \(fn)" t nil)
3836
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3838 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3839 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3840 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3841 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3842 space at the end of each line.
3843
3844 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3845
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3847 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3848 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3850
3851 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3852
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3854 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3855 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3857
3858 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3861 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3862 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3863 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3868 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3869 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3870 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3871
3872 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3876 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3878
3879 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3885
3886 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3892
3893 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3899
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3906
3907 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3910 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3911 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3912 turn it off.
3913
3914 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3915 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3916 checking of documentation strings.
3917
3918 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3919
3920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3921
3922 ;;;***
3923 \f
3924 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3925 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3926 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3927 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3928
3929 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3930 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3931 Return the length of resulting text.
3932
3933 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3936 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3937
3938 \(fn)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3941 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3942 Return the length of resulting text.
3943
3944 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3947 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3948
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3950
3951 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3952
3953
3954 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3955
3956 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3957
3958
3959 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3960
3961 ;;;***
3962 \f
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3964 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3965 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3966
3967 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3968 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3969 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3970 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3971 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3972 editing and the result is evaluated.
3973
3974 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3977 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3978 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3979 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3980 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3981
3982 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3983
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3987 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3988 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3989 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3990 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3991
3992 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3993 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3994 \\{command-history-map}
3995
3996 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3997 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 ;;;***
4002 \f
4003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4005
4006 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4007 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4008 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4009 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4010 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4011 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4012
4013 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4014 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4015
4016 ;;;***
4017 \f
4018 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4019 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4021
4022 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4023 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4024 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4025 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4026 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4027 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4028 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4029 of this function.
4030
4031 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4032 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4033 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4034 property are:
4035
4036 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4037 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4038
4039 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4040 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4041 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4042 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4043 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4044 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4045 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4046 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4047 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4048 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4049 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4050 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4051
4052 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4053 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4054 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4055
4056 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4057 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4058 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4059 list elements are:
4060
4061 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4062
4063 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4064
4065 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4066
4067 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4068 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4069
4070 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4071 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4072
4073 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4074 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4075 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4076 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4077 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4078 value specified by their associated list element.
4079
4080 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4081
4082 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4083 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4084 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4085
4086 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4087 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4088 * indent the first argument by 4.
4089 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4090 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4091 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4092
4093 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4094
4095 ;;;***
4096 \f
4097 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4098 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4100
4101 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4102 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4103 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4104 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4105
4106 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4107 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4108 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4109 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4110
4111 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4112 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4113
4114 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4115
4116 ;;;***
4117 \f
4118 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19886
4119 ;;;;;; 45771))
4120 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4121
4122 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4123 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4124 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4125 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4126 of `scheme-program-name').
4127 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4128 it is given as initial input.
4129 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4130 discards input when it starts up.
4131 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4132 is run).
4133 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4134
4135 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4136 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
4137
4138 ;;;***
4139 \f
4140 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
4141 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4142
4143 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4144 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4145 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4146 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4147
4148 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4149 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4150
4151 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4152 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4153 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4154
4155 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4160 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4161 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4162 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4164
4165 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4166 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4167 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4168 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4169 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4170 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4171 functions have already modified the buffer.
4172
4173 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4174
4175 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4176 either globally or locally.")
4177
4178 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4179 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4180 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4181 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4182 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4183 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4184 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4185 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4186 process as its initial input.
4187
4188 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4189
4190 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4191
4192 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4193
4194 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4195 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4196 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4197 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4198 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4199 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4200 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4201 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4202 process as its initial input.
4203
4204 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4205
4206 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4207
4208 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4209
4210 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4211 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4212 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4213 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4214 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4215 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4216
4217 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4218
4219 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4220 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4221 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4222 directory tracking functions.")
4223
4224 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4225 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4226 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4227
4228 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4229
4230 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4231
4232 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4233 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4234 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4235
4236 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4237
4238 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4239
4240 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4241 Send COMMAND to current process.
4242 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4243 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4244
4245 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4246
4247 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4248 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4249 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4250 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4251
4252 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4253
4254 ;;;***
4255 \f
4256 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4257 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4259
4260 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4261 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4262 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4263 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4264
4265 This command pushes the mark in each window
4266 at the prior location of point in that window.
4267 If both windows display the same buffer,
4268 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4269 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4270
4271 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4272 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4273 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4274 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4275 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4276 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4277 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4278 ignored.
4279
4280 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4281 this command work in interlaced mode:
4282 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4283 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4284 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4285
4286 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4291 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4292 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4293 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4294 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19968
4295 ;;;;;; 28627))
4296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4297
4298 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4299 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4300
4301 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4302
4303 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4304 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4305 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4306 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4307 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4308 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4309 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4310
4311 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4312
4313 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4314 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4315
4316 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4317
4318 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4319 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4320 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4321 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4322 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4323
4324 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4325 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4326 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4327 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4328 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4329
4330 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4331 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4332 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4333 describing how the process finished.")
4334
4335 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4336 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4337 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4338 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4339 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4340
4341 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4342 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4343 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4344
4345 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4346
4347 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4348 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4349 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4350 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4351
4352 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4353
4354 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4355 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4356
4357 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4358 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4359
4360 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4361 (lambda ()
4362 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4363 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4364 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4365 (concat \"make -k \"
4366 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4367
4368 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4369 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4370
4371 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4372 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4373 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4374 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4375
4376 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4377
4378 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4379 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4380 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4381 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4382
4383 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4384 and move to the source code that caused it.
4385
4386 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4387 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4388
4389 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4390 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4391 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4392 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4393
4394 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4395 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4396 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4397 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4398
4399 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4400 kills its subprocesses.
4401
4402 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4403 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4404 to a function that generates a unique name.
4405
4406 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4407
4408 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4409 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4410 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4411 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4412
4413 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4414 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4415
4416 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4417 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4418 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4419 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4420
4421 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4422 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4423 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4424
4425 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4426
4427 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4428
4429 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4430 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4431 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4432 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4433 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4434
4435 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4436
4437 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4438
4439 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4440
4441 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4442 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4443 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4444 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4445 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4446 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4447 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4448
4449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4452 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4453 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4454 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4455 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4456 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4457
4458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4459
4460 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4461 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4462 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4463
4464 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4465
4466 ;;;***
4467 \f
4468 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4469 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4470 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4471
4472 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4473 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4474 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4477 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4478
4479 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4480
4481 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4482 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4483
4484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4485
4486 ;;;***
4487 \f
4488 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4489 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4490 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4491 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4493
4494 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4495 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4496 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4497 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4498 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4499 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4500 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4501
4502 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4503 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4504 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4505
4506 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4507 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4508 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4509
4510 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4511 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4512 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4513 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4514
4515 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4516 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4517 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4518 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4519 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4520 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4521 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4522
4523 \\{conf-mode-map}
4524
4525 \(fn)" t nil)
4526
4527 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4528 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4529 Comments start with `#'.
4530 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4531
4532 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4533
4534 \[Desktop Entry]
4535 Encoding=UTF-8
4536 Name=The GIMP
4537 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4538 Name[cs]=GIMP
4539
4540 \(fn)" t nil)
4541
4542 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4543 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4544 Comments start with `;'.
4545 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4546
4547 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4548
4549 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4550 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4551 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4552
4553 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4554 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4555
4556 \(fn)" t nil)
4557
4558 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4560 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4561 between `/*' and `*/'.
4562 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4563
4564 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4565 // another kind of comment
4566 /* yet another */
4567
4568 name:value
4569 name=value
4570 name value
4571 x.1 =
4572 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4573 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4574
4575 \(fn)" t nil)
4576
4577 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4579 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4580 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4581 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4582 `conf-space-keywords'.
4583 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4584 in an interactive fashion instead.
4585
4586 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4587
4588 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4589
4590 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4591 image/png png
4592 image/tiff tiff tif
4593
4594 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4595 class desktop
4596 # Standard multimedia devices
4597 add /dev/audio desktop
4598 add /dev/mixer desktop
4599
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4603 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4604 See `conf-space-mode'.
4605
4606 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4610 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612
4613 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4614
4615 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4616 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4617
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4619
4620 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4622 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4623 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4624
4625 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4626
4627 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4628 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4629
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4631
4632 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4633 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4634 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636
4637 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4638
4639 *background: gray99
4640 *foreground: black
4641
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4643
4644 ;;;***
4645 \f
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4647 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4649
4650 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4651 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4652 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4653 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4654
4655 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4656
4657 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4658 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4659 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4660 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4661
4662 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4663
4664 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4665 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4666 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4667 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4668
4669 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4670
4671 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4672 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4673
4674 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4675
4676 ;;;***
4677 \f
4678 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4679 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4680 ;;;;;; 45374))
4681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4682 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4683 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4684 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4685
4686 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4687 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4688 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4689 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4690 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4691 following the copyright are updated as well.
4692 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4693 interactively.
4694
4695 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4696
4697 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4698 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4699 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4700 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4701 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4702
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4704
4705 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4706 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4707
4708 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4709
4710 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4711 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4712 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4713
4714 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4715
4716 ;;;***
4717 \f
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4719 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19975 1875))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4721 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4722 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4723 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4724 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4725 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4726 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4727 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4728
4729 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4730 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4731 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4732 Tab indents for Perl code.
4733 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4734 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4735
4736 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4737 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4738 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4739 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4740 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4741 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4742 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4743 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4744 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4745 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4746 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4747 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4748
4749 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4750
4751 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4752 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4753
4754 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4755
4756 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4757 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4758 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4759 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4760 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4761 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4762 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4763 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4764 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4765
4766 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4767
4768 bite if angry;
4769
4770 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4771 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4772 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4773 to nil.)
4774
4775 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4776 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4777 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4778
4779 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4780
4781 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4782 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4783 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4784 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4785 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4786
4787 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4788
4789 if (A) { B }
4790
4791 into
4792
4793 B if A;
4794
4795 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4796
4797 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4798 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4799 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4800 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4801 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4802 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4803 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4804 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4805 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4806 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4807 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4808 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4809 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4810
4811 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4812 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4813 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4814 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4815 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4816 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4817
4818 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4819 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4820 man via menu.
4821
4822 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4823 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4824 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4825 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4826 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4827
4828 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4829 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4830 span the needed amount of lines.
4831
4832 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4833 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4834 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4835 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4836
4837 Variables controlling indentation style:
4838 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4839 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4840 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4841 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4842 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4843 `cperl-auto-newline'
4844 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4845 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4846 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4847 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4848 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4849 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4850 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4851 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4852 `cperl-indent-level'
4853 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4854 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4855 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4856 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4857 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4858 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4859 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4860 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4861 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4862 `cperl-brace-offset'
4863 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4864 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4865 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4866 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4867 `cperl-label-offset'
4868 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4869 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4870 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4871
4872 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4873 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4874 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4875 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4876 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4877 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4878
4879 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4880 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4881 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4882 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4883
4884 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4885 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4886 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4887 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4888 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4889 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4890 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4891
4892 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4893 column 0 is indented on
4894 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4895
4896 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4897 with no args.
4898
4899 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4900 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4901 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4902
4903 \(fn)" t nil)
4904
4905 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4906 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4907
4908 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4909
4910 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4911 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4912
4913 \(fn)" t nil)
4914
4915 ;;;***
4916 \f
4917 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4918 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
4919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4920
4921 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4922 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4923 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4924 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4925 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4926
4927 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4928
4929 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4930 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4931
4932 \(fn)" t nil)
4933
4934 ;;;***
4935 \f
4936 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4937 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4939
4940 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4941 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4942 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4943 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4944
4945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4946 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4947
4948 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4949
4950 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4951 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4952 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4953
4954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4955
4956 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4957
4958 ;;;***
4959 \f
4960 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4961 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4963
4964 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4965 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4966 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4967 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4968
4969 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4970 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4971 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4972 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4973
4974 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4975 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4976 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4977
4978 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4979 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4980 'bob', and 'eve'.
4981
4982 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4983 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4984 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4985
4986 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4987
4988 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4989 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4990 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4991
4992 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4993
4994 ;;;***
4995 \f
4996 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19978
4997 ;;;;;; 37530))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4999
5000 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5001 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5002
5003 \(fn)" t nil)
5004
5005 ;;;***
5006 \f
5007 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5008 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5010
5011 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5012 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5013 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5016 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5017
5018 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5019
5020 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5021 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5022 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5023 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5024 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5025
5026 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5027 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5028 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5029 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5030 function of these prefix keys.
5031
5032 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5033 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5034 options:
5035 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5036 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5037 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5038
5039 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5040 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5041 the prefix fallback behavior.
5042
5043 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5044 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5045 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5046 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5047
5048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5049
5050 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5051 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5052
5053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5054
5055 ;;;***
5056 \f
5057 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5058 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5059 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5060 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5061 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5062 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5063 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5064 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5065 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5066 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5067 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (19980 19797))
5068 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5069
5070 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5071 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5072
5073 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5074
5075 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5076 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5077
5078 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5079
5080 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5081 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5082
5083 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5084 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
5085
5086 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5087 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5088
5089 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5090 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5091
5092 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5093 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5094
5095 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5096
5097 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5100 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5101 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5102
5103 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5104 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5105
5106 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5107 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5108
5109 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5110 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5111
5112 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5113
5114 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5117 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5118 Return VALUE.
5119
5120 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5121 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5122
5123 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5124 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5125
5126 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5127 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5128
5129 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5130
5131 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5132
5133 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5134 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5135 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5136 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5137
5138 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5139 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5140 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5141
5142 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5143
5144 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5145 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5146 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5147 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5148 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5149
5150 \(fn)" t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5153 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5154 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5155 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5156
5157 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5160 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5161
5162 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5166
5167 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5168
5169 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5173
5174 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5175
5176 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5177
5178 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5179 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5180 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5181
5182 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5183
5184 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5185 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5186 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5187 as part of Emacs itself.
5188
5189 Each elements looks like this:
5190
5191 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5192
5193 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5194 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5195 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5196 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5197 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5198 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5199 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5200 and `defface'.
5201
5202 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5203
5204 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5205 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5206 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5207 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5208 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5209
5210 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5211 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5212 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5213 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5214
5215 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5216
5217 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5219 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5220 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5221 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5222
5223 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5224 that were added or redefined since that version.
5225
5226 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5227
5228 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5230 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5231 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5232
5233 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5234 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5235
5236 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5239 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5240 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5241
5242 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5243 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5244
5245 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5249
5250 \(fn)" t nil)
5251
5252 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5254
5255 \(fn)" t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize all already saved user options.
5259
5260 \(fn)" t nil)
5261
5262 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5263 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5264 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5265 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5266 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5267 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5268
5269 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5270 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5271 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5272 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5273 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5274 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5275
5276 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5280 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5281 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5282
5283 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5286 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5287
5288 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5289
5290 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5292
5293 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5294
5295 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5297 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5298 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5299 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5300 that option.
5301
5302 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5303
5304 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5305 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5306 The result includes selecting that window.
5307 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5308 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5309 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5310 that option.
5311
5312 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5313
5314 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5315 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5316
5317 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5318
5319 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5320 File used for storing customization information.
5321 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5322 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5323 it should be an absolute file name.
5324
5325 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5326 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5327 something like the following in your init file:
5328
5329 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5330 \(load custom-file)
5331
5332 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5333 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5334
5335 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5336 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5337 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5338 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5339 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5340
5341 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5342 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5343 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5344 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5345 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5346 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5347 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5348 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5349 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5350 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5351
5352 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5353
5354 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5355 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5356
5357 \(fn)" nil nil)
5358
5359 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5360 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5361
5362 \(fn)" t nil)
5363
5364 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5365 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5366 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5367
5368 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5371 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5372 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5373 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5374 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5375
5376 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5377
5378 ;;;***
5379 \f
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5381 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19980
5382 ;;;;;; 19797))
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5384
5385 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5386 Create or edit a custom theme.
5387 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5388 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5389 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5390 named *Custom Theme*.
5391
5392 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5393
5394 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5395 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5396
5397 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5398
5399 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5400 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5401
5402 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5403
5404 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5405 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5406 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5407 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5408
5409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5410
5411 ;;;***
5412 \f
5413 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5414 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5415 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5416
5417 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5418 Mode used for cvs status output.
5419
5420 \(fn)" t nil)
5421
5422 ;;;***
5423 \f
5424 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5425 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5427
5428 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5429 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5430
5431 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5432
5433 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5434 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5435 C++ modes are included.
5436
5437 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5438
5439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5442 Turn on CWarn mode.
5443
5444 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5445 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5446
5447 \(fn)" nil nil)
5448
5449 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5450 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5451 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5453 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5454 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5455
5456 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5457
5458 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5459 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5460 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5461 ARG is positive.
5462 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5463 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5464 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5465
5466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5467
5468 ;;;***
5469 \f
5470 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5471 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5472 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5474
5475 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5476 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5477
5478 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5479
5480 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5481 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5482
5483 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5484
5485 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5486 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5487 For readability, the table is slightly
5488 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5489
5490 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5491 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5492 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5493 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5494 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5503 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5504 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5505 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5506 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5507
5508 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5509 Completion on current word.
5510 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5511 and presents suggestions for completion.
5512
5513 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5514 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5515 completions.
5516
5517 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5518 then it searches *all* buffers.
5519
5520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5521
5522 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5523 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5524
5525 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5526 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5527 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5528 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5529 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5530
5531 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5532 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5533
5534 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5535 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5536 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5537
5538 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5539 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5540
5541 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5542
5543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5544
5545 ;;;***
5546 \f
5547 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5552 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5553
5554 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5555
5556 ;;;***
5557 \f
5558 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19931
5559 ;;;;;; 11784))
5560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5561
5562 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5563 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5564 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5565 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5566 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5567
5568 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5569
5570 ;;;***
5571 \f
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19890
5573 ;;;;;; 42850))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5575
5576 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5577 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5578
5579 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5580 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5581 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5582
5583 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5584 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5585 Data lines are not indented.
5586
5587 Key bindings:
5588
5589 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5590 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5591
5592 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5593 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5594 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5595 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5596
5597 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5598
5599 dcl-basic-offset
5600 Extra indentation within blocks.
5601
5602 dcl-continuation-offset
5603 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5604
5605 dcl-margin-offset
5606 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5607
5608 dcl-margin-label-offset
5609 Indentation for a label.
5610
5611 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5612 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5613
5614 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5615 dcl-block-end-regexp
5616 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5617 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5618 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5619 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5620 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5621
5622 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5623 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5624 Two such functions are included in the package:
5625 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5626 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5627
5628 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5630 One such function is included in the package:
5631 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5632
5633 dcl-tab-always-indent
5634 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5635 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5636 margin.
5637
5638 dcl-electric-characters
5639 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5640 typed.
5641
5642 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5643 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5644 which words trigger electric indentation.
5645
5646 dcl-tempo-comma
5647 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5648 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5649 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5650
5651 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5652 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5653 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5654 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5655
5656 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5657 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5658 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5659 dcl-imenu-label-call
5660 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5661
5662 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5663 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5664 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5666
5667
5668 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5669
5670 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5671 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5672 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5673 $ i = 1
5674 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5675 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5676 $ label:
5677 $ if i.eq.1
5678 $ then
5679 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5680 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5681 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5682 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5683 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5684 \"lined up with the command line\"
5685 $ type sys$input
5686 Data lines are not indented at all.
5687 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5688 $ endif
5689 $
5690
5691
5692 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5693 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5694
5695 \(fn)" t nil)
5696
5697 ;;;***
5698 \f
5699 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5700 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19961 55377))
5701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5702
5703 (setq debugger 'debug)
5704
5705 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5706 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5707 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5708 of the evaluator.
5709
5710 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5711 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5712 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5713
5714 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5715
5716 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5717 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5718
5719 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5720
5721 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5722 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5723 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5724 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5725 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5726 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5727
5728 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5729 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5730
5731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5732
5733 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5734 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5735 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5736 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5737 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5738
5739 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5740
5741 ;;;***
5742 \f
5743 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5744 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5746
5747 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5748 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5749
5750 \(fn)" t nil)
5751
5752 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5753 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5754 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5755 Upper-case letters are commands.
5756
5757 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5758 modify it.
5759
5760 The most useful commands are:
5761 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5762 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5763 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5764 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5765 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5766 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5767
5768 \(fn)" t nil)
5769
5770 ;;;***
5771 \f
5772 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5773 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19886
5774 ;;;;;; 45771))
5775 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5776
5777 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5778 Customization of `columns' group.
5779
5780 \(fn)" t nil)
5781
5782 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5783 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5784
5785 START and END delimits the text region.
5786
5787 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5788
5789 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5790 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5791
5792 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5793
5794 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5795
5796 ;;;***
5797 \f
5798 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19965
5799 ;;;;;; 52428))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5801
5802 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5803 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5804 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5805 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5806 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5807 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5808 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5809
5810 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5811
5812 Customization:
5813
5814 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5815 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5816 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5817 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5818 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5819 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5820 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5821 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5822 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5823 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5824 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5825 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5826 blank line.
5827 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5828 Directories to search when finding external units.
5829 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5830 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5831
5832 Coloring:
5833
5834 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5835 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5836 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5837 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5838 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5839 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5840 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5841 Face used to color everything else.
5842
5843 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5844 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5845
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5847
5848 ;;;***
5849 \f
5850 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5851 ;;;;;; 45374))
5852 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5853
5854 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5855
5856 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5857 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5858 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5861 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5862
5863 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5864
5865 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5866 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5867 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5868 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5869
5870 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5871 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5872 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5873 any selection.
5874
5875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5876
5877 ;;;***
5878 \f
5879 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5880 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19849 29307))
5881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5882
5883 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5884 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5885
5886 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5887
5888 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5889 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5890 or nil if there is no parent.
5891 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5892 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5893 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5894 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5895 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5896
5897 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5898 arguments are currently understood:
5899 :group GROUP
5900 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5901 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5902 :syntax-table TABLE
5903 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5904 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5905 :abbrev-table TABLE
5906 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5907 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5908
5909 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5910
5911 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5912
5913 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5914 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5915 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5916
5917 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5918 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5919
5920 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5921 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5922 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5923
5924 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5925 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5926
5927 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5928 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5929
5930 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5931
5932 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5933
5934 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5935
5936 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5937 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5938 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5939 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5940 the first time the mode is used.
5941
5942 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5943
5944 ;;;***
5945 \f
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5947 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19886 45771))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5949
5950 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5951 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5952 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5953 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5954 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5955 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5956 otherwise.
5957
5958 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5961 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5962 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5963 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5964 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5965 character composition information (if relevant),
5966 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5967
5968 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5969
5970 ;;;***
5971 \f
5972 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5973 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5974 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5975 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19886 45771))
5976 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5977
5978 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5979 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5980 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5981
5982 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5983
5984 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5985 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5986 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5987 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5988 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5989 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5990
5991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5992
5993 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5994 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5995 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5996 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5997
5998 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5999
6000 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6001 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6002 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6003
6004 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6005 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6006 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6007
6008 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6009 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6010
6011 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6012 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6013 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6014
6015 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6016 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6017 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6018 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6019
6020 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6021
6022 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6023 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6024
6025 Handlers are called with argument list
6026
6027 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6028
6029 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6030
6031 desktop-file-version
6032 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6033 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6034 desktop-buffer-point
6035 desktop-buffer-mark
6036 desktop-buffer-read-only
6037 desktop-buffer-locals
6038
6039 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6040 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6041
6042 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6043 code like
6044
6045 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6046 ...
6047 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6048 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6049
6050 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6051
6052 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6053
6054 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6055 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6056 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6057 List elements must have the form
6058
6059 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6060
6061 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6062 function.
6063
6064 Handlers are called with argument list
6065
6066 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6067
6068 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6069
6070 desktop-file-version
6071 desktop-buffer-file-name
6072 desktop-buffer-name
6073 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6074 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6075 desktop-buffer-point
6076 desktop-buffer-mark
6077 desktop-buffer-read-only
6078 desktop-buffer-misc
6079
6080 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6081 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6082 created and set.
6083
6084 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6085 code like
6086
6087 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6088 ...
6089 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6090 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6091
6092 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6093
6094 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6095
6096 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6097
6098 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6099 Empty the Desktop.
6100 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6101 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6102 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6103
6104 \(fn)" t nil)
6105
6106 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6107 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6108 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6109 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6110 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6111
6112 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6113
6114 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6115 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6116 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6117
6118 \(fn)" t nil)
6119
6120 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6121 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6122 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6123 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6124 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6125 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6126 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6127 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6128
6129 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6132 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6133 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6134
6135 \(fn)" nil nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6138 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6139 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6140 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6141 directory DIRNAME.
6142
6143 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6144
6145 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6146 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6147
6148 \(fn)" t nil)
6149
6150 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6151 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6152
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6154
6155 ;;;***
6156 \f
6157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6158 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6159 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6161
6162 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6163 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6164 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6165 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6166 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6167 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6168
6169 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6170
6171 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6172 Repair a broken attribution line.
6173 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6174
6175 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6178 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6179 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6180 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6181
6182 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6183
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6185 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6186
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6188
6189 ;;;***
6190 \f
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6192 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19975 1875))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6194
6195 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6196 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6197 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6198 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6199 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6200
6201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6204 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6205 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6206 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6207
6208 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6209 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6210 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6211 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6212
6213 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6214 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6215
6216 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6217 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6218 calendar-date-style 'european
6219 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6220
6221 \(diary-mail-entries)
6222
6223 # diary-rem.el ends here
6224
6225 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6228 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6229
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6231
6232 ;;;***
6233 \f
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6235 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19903 54862))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6237
6238 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6239 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6240
6241 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6242
6243 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6244 The command to use to run diff.")
6245
6246 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6247
6248 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6249 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6250 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6251 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6252 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6253 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6254
6255 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6256 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6257 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6258
6259 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6260
6261 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6262 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6263 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6264 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6265 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6266 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6267
6268 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6269
6270 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6271 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6272 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6273
6274 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6275
6276 ;;;***
6277 \f
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6281
6282 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6283 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6284 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6285 normal diffs.
6286
6287 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6288 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6289 headers for you on-the-fly.
6290
6291 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6292 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6293 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6294
6295 \\{diff-mode-map}
6296
6297 \(fn)" t nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6300 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6301 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6302
6303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6304
6305 ;;;***
6306 \f
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6309
6310 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6311 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6312 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6313
6314 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6315
6316 ;;;***
6317 \f
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6319 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19966 16984))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6321
6322 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6323 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6324 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6325 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6326 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6327 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6328 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6329 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6330
6331 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6332
6333 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6334 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6335 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6336 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6337 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6338 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6339
6340 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6341 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6342 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6343 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6344 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6345 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6346 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6347 list of files to make directory entries for.
6348 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6349 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6350 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6351 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6352
6353 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6354
6355 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6356 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6357
6358 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6359 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6360
6361 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6362 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6363
6364 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6365 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6366
6367 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6368
6369 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6370 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6371
6372 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6373
6374 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6375 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6376 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6377 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6378 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6379 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6380 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6381 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6382 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6383 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6384 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6385 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6386 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6387 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6388 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6389 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6390 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6391 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6392 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6393 to see why something went wrong.
6394 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6395 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6396 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6397 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6398 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6399 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6400 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6401 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6402 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6403 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6404 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6405 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6406 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6407
6408 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6409 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6410 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6411 again for the directory tree.
6412
6413 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6414 for more info):
6415
6416 `dired-listing-switches'
6417 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6418 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6419 `dired-marker-char'
6420 `dired-del-marker'
6421 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6422 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6423 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6424 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6425
6426 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6427
6428 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6429 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6430 `dired-mode-hook'
6431 `dired-load-hook'
6432
6433 Keybindings:
6434 \\{dired-mode-map}
6435
6436 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6437 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6438
6439 ;;;***
6440 \f
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6442 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
6443 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6444
6445 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6446 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6447 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6448 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6449 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6450 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6451 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6452
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454
6455 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6456 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6457 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6458
6459 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6460
6461 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6462 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6463
6464 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6469 ;;;;;; 11784))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6471
6472 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6473 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6474 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6475 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6476 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6477 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6478
6479 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6480
6481 ;;;***
6482 \f
6483 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6484 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6485 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6486 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6487 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6488 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19845 45374))
6489 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6490
6491 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6492 Return a new, empty display table.
6493
6494 \(fn)" nil nil)
6495
6496 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6497 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6498 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6499 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6500 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6501
6502 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6503
6504 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6505 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6506 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6507 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6508 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6509
6510 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6511
6512 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6513 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6514
6515 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6518 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6519
6520 \(fn)" t nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6523 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6524
6525 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6526 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6527
6528 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6529 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6530 byte.
6531
6532 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6533 in the default way after this call.
6534
6535 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6538 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6539
6540 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6543 Display character C using printable string S.
6544
6545 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6548 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6549 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6550 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6551
6552 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6553
6554 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6555 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6556 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6557 X frame.
6558
6559 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6562 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6563
6564 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6567 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6568
6569 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6572 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6573
6574 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6575
6576 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6577 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6578
6579 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6582 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6583
6584 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6585
6586 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6587 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6588
6589 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6590 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6591
6592 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6593 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6594
6595 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6596 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6597 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6598 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6599
6600 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6601 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6602 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6603 in `.emacs'.
6604
6605 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6606
6607 ;;;***
6608 \f
6609 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6610 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6612
6613 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6614 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6615 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6616 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6617 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6618 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6619 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6620 Default is 2.
6621
6622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6628
6629 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6630 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6631 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6632 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6633 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6634 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6635 private or ask).
6636 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6637 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6638 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6639 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6640 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6641
6642 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6643
6644 ;;;***
6645 \f
6646 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6647 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6649
6650 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6651 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6652 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6653 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6654 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6655 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6656 table and its own syntax table.
6657
6658 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6659
6660 \(fn)" t nil)
6661 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6662
6663 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6664 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6665
6666 \(fn)" t nil)
6667
6668 ;;;***
6669 \f
6670 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6671 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19953
6672 ;;;;;; 8437))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6674
6675 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6676 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6677 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6678 OpenDocument format).
6679
6680 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6683 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6684
6685 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6686 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6687
6688 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6689 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6690 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6691
6692 \(fn)" t nil)
6693
6694 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6695 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6696 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6697 to the next best mode.
6698
6699 \(fn)" nil nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6702 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6703 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6704 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6705
6706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6707
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6709
6710
6711 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6712
6713 ;;;***
6714 \f
6715 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19890 42850))
6716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6717
6718 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6719 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6720
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6722
6723 ;;;***
6724 \f
6725 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6727
6728 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6729 Toggle Double mode.
6730 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6731 turn it off.
6732
6733 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6734 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6735
6736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737
6738 ;;;***
6739 \f
6740 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6742
6743 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6744 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6745
6746 \(fn)" t nil)
6747
6748 ;;;***
6749 \f
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6751 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6754
6755 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6756
6757 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6758 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6759 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6760 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6761
6762 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6763 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6764 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6765 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6766 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6767 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6768 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6769
6770 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6771 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6772 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6773 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6774 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6775 mode is global):
6776
6777 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6778 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6779 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6780 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6781 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6782 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6783 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6784 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6785 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6786 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6787 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6788 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6789 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6790 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6791 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6792 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6793 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6794
6795 For example, you could write
6796 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6797 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6798 ...BODY CODE...)
6799
6800 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6801
6802 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6803
6804 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6805
6806 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6807 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6808 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6809 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6810 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6811 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6812 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6813 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6814 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6815 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6816 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6817 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6818
6819 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6820 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6821 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6822 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6823 call another major mode in their body.
6824
6825 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6826
6827 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6828 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6829 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6830 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6831 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6832 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6833 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6834
6835 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6836
6837 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6838 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6839 :inherit Parent keymap.
6840 :group Ignored.
6841 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6842 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6843
6844 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6845
6846 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6847 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6848 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6849 the constant's documentation.
6850
6851 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6852
6853 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6854 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6855 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6856
6857 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6862 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6863 ;;;;;; 45374))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6865
6866 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6867 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6868
6869 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6870 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6871 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6872
6873 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6874 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6875
6876 :filter FUNCTION
6877
6878 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6879 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6880
6881 :visible INCLUDE
6882
6883 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6884 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6885
6886 :active ENABLE
6887
6888 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6889 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6890
6891 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6892
6893 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6894
6895 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6896
6897 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6898 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6899
6900 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6901 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6902
6903 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6904
6905 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6906
6907 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6908
6909 :keys KEYS
6910
6911 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6912 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6913 computed automatically.
6914 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6915
6916 :key-sequence KEYS
6917
6918 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6919 menu item.
6920 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6921 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6922 keyboard equivalent.
6923
6924 :active ENABLE
6925
6926 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6927 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6928
6929 :visible INCLUDE
6930
6931 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6932 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6933
6934 :label FORM
6935
6936 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6937 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6938
6939 :suffix FORM
6940
6941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6942 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6943
6944 :style STYLE
6945
6946 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6947 defined:
6948
6949 toggle: A checkbox.
6950 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6951 radio: A radio button.
6952 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6953 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6954 menu bar itself.
6955 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6956
6957 :selected SELECTED
6958
6959 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6961
6962 :help HELP
6963
6964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6965
6966 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6967 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6968 as a solid horizontal line.
6969
6970 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6971
6972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6973
6974 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6975
6976 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6977
6978
6979 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6980
6981 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6982 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6983 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6984 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6985
6986 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6987
6988 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6989 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6990 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6991 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6992 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6993 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6994
6995 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6996 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6997 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6998
6999 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7000 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7001 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7002
7003 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7004 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7005
7006 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7007
7008 ;;;***
7009 \f
7010 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7011 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7012 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7013 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7014 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7015 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7016 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7017 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
7018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Customization for ebnf group.
7022
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7027
7028 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7029
7030 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7031 processed.
7032
7033 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7039
7040 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7041 killed after process termination.
7042
7043 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7044
7045 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7046
7047 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7048 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7049
7050 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7051 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7052 it to the printer.
7053
7054 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7055 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7056 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7057 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7063 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7064
7065 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7066
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7069
7070 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7071
7072 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7073 processed.
7074
7075 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7076
7077 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7081
7082 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7083 killed after process termination.
7084
7085 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7086
7087 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7091 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7092 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7093
7094 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7095
7096 \(fn)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7100 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7101
7102 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7103
7104 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7108
7109 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7110
7111 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7112 processed.
7113
7114 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7115
7116 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7120
7121 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7122 killed after EPS generation.
7123
7124 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7125
7126 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7129 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7130
7131 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7132 The EPS file name has the following form:
7133
7134 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7135
7136 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7137 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7138
7139 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7140 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7141 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7142 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7143 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7144
7145 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7146 files.
7147
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7152
7153 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7154 The EPS file name has the following form:
7155
7156 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7157
7158 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7159 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7160
7161 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7162 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7163 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7164 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7165 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7166
7167 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7168 files.
7169
7170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7171
7172 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7173
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7176
7177 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7178
7179 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7180 are processed.
7181
7182 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7183
7184 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7188
7189 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7190 killed after syntax checking.
7191
7192 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7193
7194 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7198
7199 \(fn)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7203
7204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7208
7209 \(fn)" nil nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7213
7214 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7215
7216 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7220
7221 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7222
7223 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Delete style NAME.
7227
7228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7229
7230 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Set STYLE as the current style.
7241
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Reset current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7259
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7270
7271 Returns the old style symbol.
7272
7273 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn)" t nil)
7278
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19890
7292 ;;;;;; 42850))
7293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7294
7295 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7296 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7297 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7298 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7299 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7300 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7301
7302 Tree mode key bindings:
7303 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7308 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7313 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7318 View declaration of member at point.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7323 Find declaration of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7328 View definition of member at point.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7333 Find definition of member at point.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7343 View definition of member at point in other window.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7348 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7358 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7363 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7364
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7368 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7369 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7370 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7371 completion.
7372
7373 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7376 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7377 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7378 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7379
7380 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7383 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7384 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7385 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7386
7387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7390 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7391 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7392
7393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7396 Search for call sites of a member.
7397 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7398 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7399 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7400 looks like a function call to the member.
7401
7402 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7405 Move backward in the position stack.
7406 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7407
7408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7411 Move forward in the position stack.
7412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7413
7414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7417 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7418
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7422 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7427 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7428 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7429 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7430
7431 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7434 Display statistics for a class tree.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 ;;;***
7439 \f
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7441 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7443
7444 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7445 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7446 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7447 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7448
7449 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7450 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7451 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7452
7453 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7454 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7455 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7456
7457 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7458
7459 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7460
7461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7462
7463 ;;;***
7464 \f
7465 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7466 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7468
7469 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7470 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7471 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7472
7473 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7478 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7480
7481 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7482
7483
7484 \(fn)" nil nil)
7485
7486 ;;;***
7487 \f
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19914 25180))
7489 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7490
7491 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7492 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7493 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7496 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7497
7498 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7499
7500 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7501 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7502 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7503 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7504
7505 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7506 an EDE controlled project.
7507
7508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7513 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19863 8742))
7515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7516
7517 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7518 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7519 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7520 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7521 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7522
7523 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7524 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7525 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7526 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7527
7528 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7529
7530 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7531 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7532 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7533 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7534
7535 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7536
7537 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7538 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7539 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7540 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7541
7542 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7543
7544 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7545
7546 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7547 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7548 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7549 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7550 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7551
7552 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7553 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7554 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7555 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7556 instrumented for Edebug.
7557
7558 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7559 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7560 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7561 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7562 already is one.)
7563
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7565
7566 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7567 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7568
7569 \(fn)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7572 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 ;;;***
7577 \f
7578 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7579 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7580 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7581 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7582 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7583 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7584 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7585 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7586 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7587 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19845 45374))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7589
7590 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7591 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7592
7593 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7599
7600 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7601
7602 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7603
7604 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7605 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7606 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7607 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7608
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7613 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7614 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7615
7616 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7617
7618 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7620
7621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7622
7623 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7624
7625 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7627
7628 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7634 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7635 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7652 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7653 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7654
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7656
7657 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7661 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7662 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7663
7664 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7665
7666 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7670 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7671 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7672 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7673 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7674
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7676
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7681
7682 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683
7684 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7685
7686 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7687 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7688 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7689 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7690
7691 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7692
7693 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7699 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7700 follows:
7701 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7702 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7703
7704 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7707 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7708 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7709 follows:
7710 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7711 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7712
7713 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7717 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7718 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7719 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7720
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722
7723 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7725 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7726 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7727 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7728 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7729
7730 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7731
7732 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7733
7734 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7735 Merge two files without ancestor.
7736
7737 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files with ancestor.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743
7744 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7745
7746 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7747 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7748
7749 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7758 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7759 buffer.
7760
7761 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7765 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7766 buffer.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7772 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7773 and don't ask the user.
7774 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7775 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7776
7777 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7781 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7782 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7783 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7784 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7785 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7786 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7787
7788 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7791
7792 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7796 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7797 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7798 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7799
7800 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7801
7802 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7803
7804 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7805 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7806 When called interactively, displays the version.
7807
7808 \(fn)" t nil)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7811 Display Ediff's manual.
7812 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7813
7814 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7815
7816 ;;;***
7817 \f
7818 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7819 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" t nil)
7826
7827 ;;;***
7828 \f
7829 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7830 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7831 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7832
7833 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7834 Display Ediff's registry.
7835
7836 \(fn)" t nil)
7837
7838 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7839
7840 ;;;***
7841 \f
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7843 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19981 40664))
7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7847 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7848 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7849 which see.
7850
7851 \(fn)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7854 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7855 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7856 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7857
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7859
7860 ;;;***
7861 \f
7862 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7863 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7864 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7866
7867 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7868 Edit a keyboard macro.
7869 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7870 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7871 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7872 its command name.
7873 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7874
7875 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7876
7877 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7878 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7879
7880 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7881
7882 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7883 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7884
7885 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7888 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7889 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7890 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7891 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7892 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7893
7894 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7895 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7896 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7897 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7898
7899 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7900
7901 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7902 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7903 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7904 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7905 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7906 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7907
7908 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7909
7910 ;;;***
7911 \f
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7913 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7915
7916 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7917 Set scroll margins.
7918 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7919 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7920
7921 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7924 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7925
7926 \(fn)" t nil)
7927
7928 ;;;***
7929 \f
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7931 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7933
7934 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7935 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7936 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7937 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7938 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7939 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7940 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7941
7942 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7943 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7944
7945 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7946 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7947 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7948 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7949
7950 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7951 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7952 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7953
7954 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7955 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7956 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7957
7958 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7959
7960 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7961
7962
7963 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7968 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7970
7971 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7972 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7973
7974 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7975
7976 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7977 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7978 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7979 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7980 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7981 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7982 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7983
7984 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7985
7986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7987
7988 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7989 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7990
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7994 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7995 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7996 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7997 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7998 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7999 arg list.
8000
8001 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8002 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8003 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8004 effect.
8005
8006 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8007 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8008
8009 ;;;***
8010 \f
8011 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8012 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19886 45771))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8014
8015 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8016 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8017
8018 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8019 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8020 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8023 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8024
8025 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8026
8027 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8028 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
8029 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
8030
8031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8032
8033 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8034 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8035 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8037 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8038 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8039
8040 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8043 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
8044
8045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8046
8047 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8048 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8049 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8052 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8053
8054 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8057 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8058
8059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8060
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
8064 ;;;;;; 45374))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8066
8067 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8068 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8069
8070 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8071 an elided material again.
8072
8073 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8074
8075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8076
8077 ;;;***
8078 \f
8079 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8080 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8081 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8083
8084 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8085 Lint the file FILE.
8086
8087 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8088
8089 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8090 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8091 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8092
8093 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8096 Lint the current buffer.
8097 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8098
8099 \(fn)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8102 Lint the function at point.
8103 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8104
8105 \(fn)" t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8108 Initialize elint.
8109 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8110 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8111
8112 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8117 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19981
8118 ;;;;;; 40664))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8120
8121 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8122 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8123 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8124
8125 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8126
8127 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8128 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8129 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8130 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8131
8132 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8133
8134 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8135 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8136 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8137
8138 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8139
8140 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8143 Display current profiling results.
8144 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8145 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8146 displayed.
8147
8148 \(fn)" t nil)
8149
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8153 ;;;;;; (19978 37530))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8155
8156 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8157 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8158 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8159
8160 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8161
8162 ;;;***
8163 \f
8164 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8165 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8166 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8167 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8168 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8170
8171 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8172 Run Emerge on two files.
8173
8174 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8175
8176 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8177 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8178
8179 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8180
8181 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8182 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8183
8184 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8187 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8188
8189 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8190
8191 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8192
8193
8194 \(fn)" nil nil)
8195
8196 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8197
8198
8199 \(fn)" nil nil)
8200
8201 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8202
8203
8204 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8205
8206 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8207
8208
8209 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8210
8211 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8212 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8213
8214 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8217 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8218
8219 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8222
8223
8224 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8225
8226 ;;;***
8227 \f
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8229 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8231
8232 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8233 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8234 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8235 text/enriched format.
8236 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8237
8238 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8239 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8240
8241 Commands:
8242
8243 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8244
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8248
8249
8250 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8251
8252 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8253
8254
8255 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8256
8257 ;;;***
8258 \f
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8260 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8261 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8262 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8263 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8264 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19865
8265 ;;;;;; 50420))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8267
8268 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8269 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8270
8271 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8274 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8275
8276 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8279 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8280 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8281 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8282 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8283 the keys are listed.
8284 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8285
8286 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8289 Decrypt FILE.
8290
8291 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8294 Verify FILE.
8295
8296 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8299 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8300
8301 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8304 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8305
8306 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8309 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8310
8311 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8312 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8313 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8314 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8315 should consider using the string based counterpart
8316 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8317 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8318
8319 For example:
8320
8321 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8322 (decode-coding-string
8323 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8324 'utf-8))
8325
8326 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8329 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8330
8331 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8332 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8333
8334 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8337 Verify the current region between START and END.
8338
8339 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8340 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8341 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8342 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8343 should consider using the string based counterpart
8344 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8345 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8346
8347 For example:
8348
8349 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8350 (decode-coding-string
8351 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8352 'utf-8))
8353
8354 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8357 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8358 between START and END.
8359
8360 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8361 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8362
8363 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8364
8365 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8366 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8367
8368 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8369 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8370 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8371 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8372 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8373 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8374
8375 For example:
8376
8377 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8378 (epg-sign-string
8379 context
8380 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8381
8382 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8385 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8386
8387 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8388 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8389 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8390 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8391 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8392 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8393
8394 For example:
8395
8396 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8397 (epg-encrypt-string
8398 context
8399 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8400 nil))
8401
8402 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8405 Delete selected KEYS.
8406
8407 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8410 Import keys from FILE.
8411
8412 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8415 Import keys from the region.
8416
8417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8420 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8421 between START and END.
8422
8423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8426 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8427
8428 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8431 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8432
8433 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8434
8435 ;;;***
8436 \f
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8438 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8440
8441 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8442 Decrypt marked files.
8443
8444 \(fn)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8447 Verify marked files.
8448
8449 \(fn)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8452 Sign marked files.
8453
8454 \(fn)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8457 Encrypt marked files.
8458
8459 \(fn)" t nil)
8460
8461 ;;;***
8462 \f
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8464 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19865 50420))
8465 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8466
8467 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8468
8469
8470 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8471
8472 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8473
8474
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8478
8479
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8481
8482 ;;;***
8483 \f
8484 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8485 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8486 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19865 50420))
8487 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8490 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8491
8492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8493
8494 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8495 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8496 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8497
8498 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8499
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8503 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8504 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8505
8506 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8507
8508 \(fn)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8511 Sign the current buffer.
8512 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8513
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515
8516 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8517
8518 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8519 Encrypt the current buffer.
8520 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8521
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523
8524 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8527 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8528 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8529
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8533
8534 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8535 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8536 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8539 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8540
8541 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8542
8543 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8544 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8545
8546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8547
8548 ;;;***
8549 \f
8550 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19865 50420))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8552
8553 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8554 Return a context object.
8555
8556 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8557
8558 ;;;***
8559 \f
8560 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8561 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8563
8564 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8565 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8566
8567 \(fn)" nil nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8570 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8571
8572 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8575 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8576
8577 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8578
8579 ;;;***
8580 \f
8581 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8582 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19981 40664))
8583 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8584
8585 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8586 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8587
8588 \(fn)" nil nil)
8589
8590 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8591 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8592 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8593
8594 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8595
8596 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8597 (server (erc-compute-server))
8598 (port (erc-compute-port))
8599 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8600 password
8601 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8602
8603 That is, if called with
8604
8605 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8606
8607 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8608 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8609 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8610
8611 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8612
8613 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8614
8615 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8616 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8617 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8618 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8619
8620 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8621
8622 ;;;***
8623 \f
8624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8625 ;;;;;; 45374))
8626 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8627 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8628
8629 ;;;***
8630 \f
8631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19895 48172))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8633 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8634
8635 ;;;***
8636 \f
8637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8639 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8640
8641 ;;;***
8642 \f
8643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8645 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8646
8647 ;;;***
8648 \f
8649 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8650 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19895 48172))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8652 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8653
8654 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8655 Parser for /dcc command.
8656 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8657 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8658 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8659
8660 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8661
8662 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8663 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8664
8665 \(fn)" nil nil)
8666
8667 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8668 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8669
8670 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8671 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8672 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8673 that subcommand.
8674
8675 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8676
8677 ;;;***
8678 \f
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8680 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8681 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8682 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8683 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8685
8686 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8687 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8688
8689 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8690
8691 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8692 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8693 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8694 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8695
8696 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8697
8698 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8699
8700
8701 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8704 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8705
8706 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8707
8708 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8709 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8710
8711 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8714 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8715
8716 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8719 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8720
8721 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8724 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8725
8726 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8729 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8730
8731 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8732
8733 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8734 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8735
8736 \(fn)" nil nil)
8737
8738 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8739 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8740
8741 \(fn)" nil nil)
8742
8743 ;;;***
8744 \f
8745 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8746 ;;;;;; 45374))
8747 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8748 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8749
8750 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8751 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8752 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8753
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8755
8756 ;;;***
8757 \f
8758 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8759 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8761 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8762
8763 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8764 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8765 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8766 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8767 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8768 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8769 system.
8770
8771 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8772
8773 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8774
8775
8776 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8777
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8781 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8783
8784 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8785
8786
8787 \(fn)" nil nil)
8788
8789 ;;;***
8790 \f
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8799 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8804 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8809 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8810 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8811 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8812 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8813 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8814
8815 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8818 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8819 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8820 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8821
8822 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8823 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8824 automatically.
8825
8826 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8827 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8828
8829 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8830
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8834 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8835 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8836 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8838 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8839
8840 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8841 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8842
8843 \(fn)" t nil)
8844
8845 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8846 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8847
8848 \(fn)" t nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8851 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8852
8853 \(fn)" t nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8856 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8857
8858 \(fn)" t nil)
8859
8860 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8861 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8862
8863 \(fn)" t nil)
8864
8865 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8866 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8867
8868 \(fn)" t nil)
8869
8870 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8871 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8872
8873 \(fn)" t nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8876 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8877
8878 \(fn)" t nil)
8879
8880 ;;;***
8881 \f
8882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8884 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8885
8886 ;;;***
8887 \f
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8889 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8891 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8892
8893 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8894 Show who's gone.
8895
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897
8898 ;;;***
8899 \f
8900 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8901 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8903
8904 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8905 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8906 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8907 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8908
8909 \(fn)" nil nil)
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8912 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8913
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8915
8916 ;;;***
8917 \f
8918 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8919 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8921 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8922
8923 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8924 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8925 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8926 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8927
8928 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8929
8930 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8931
8932
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8934
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
8944 ;;;;;; 52203))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8947
8948 ;;;***
8949 \f
8950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8953
8954 ;;;***
8955 \f
8956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8959
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8963 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8965 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8966
8967 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8968 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8969
8970 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8973 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8974 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8975
8976 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8977
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8982 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8987 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8989
8990 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8991 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8992 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8993
8994 \(fn)" t nil)
8995
8996 ;;;***
8997 \f
8998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
8999 ;;;;;; 45374))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9002
9003 ;;;***
9004 \f
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9012 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9014
9015 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9016 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9017 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9018
9019 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9020
9021 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9022 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9023 mode line.
9024
9025 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9026 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9027 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9028
9029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9030 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9031
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9035 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9038
9039 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9040 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9041 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9042 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9043
9044 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9045
9046 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9047 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9048 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9049
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9051
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9055 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9057 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9058
9059 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9060 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9061
9062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9063
9064 ;;;***
9065 \f
9066 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9067 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9068 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9070
9071 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9072 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9073
9074 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9075 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9076
9077 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9078 assertions in BODY.
9079
9080 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9081
9082 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9083 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9084 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9085
9086 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9087
9088 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9089
9090 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9091
9092 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9093
9094 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9095
9096 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9097 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9098
9099 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9100 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9101 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9102 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9103
9104 Returns the stats object.
9105
9106 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9107
9108 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9109 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9110
9111 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9112 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9113 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9114 the tests).
9115
9116 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9119 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9120
9121 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9122 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9123 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9124 and how to display message.
9125
9126 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9127
9128 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9129
9130 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9131 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9132
9133 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9138 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9140
9141 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9142
9143 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9144 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9145
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9147
9148 ;;;***
9149 \f
9150 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19890
9151 ;;;;;; 42850))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9153
9154 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9155 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9156
9157 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9158
9159 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9164 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9166
9167 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9168 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9169 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9170 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9171 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9172 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9173 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9174 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9175 buffer selected (or created).
9176
9177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9180 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9181 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9182
9183 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9186 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9187 The result might be any Lisp object.
9188 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9189 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9190 corresponding to a successful execution.
9191
9192 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9193
9194 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9195
9196 ;;;***
9197 \f
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9199 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9200 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9201 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9202 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9203 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9204 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9205 ;;;;;; (19936 52203))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9207
9208 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9209 *File name of tags table.
9210 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9211 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9212 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9213 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9214 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9215
9216 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9217 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9218 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9219 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9220
9221 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9222
9223 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9224 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9225 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9226 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9227 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9228 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9229
9230 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9231
9232 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9233 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9234 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9235 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9236 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9237 `auto-compression-mode').")
9238
9239 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9240
9241 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9242 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9243 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9244 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9245 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9246
9247 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9248
9249 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9250 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9251 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9252 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9253
9254 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9255
9256 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9257 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9258 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9259 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9260 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9261
9262 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9263
9264 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9265 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9266
9267 \(fn)" t nil)
9268
9269 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9270 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9271 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9272 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9273
9274 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9275 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9276 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9277 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9278 file the tag was in.
9279
9280 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9281
9282 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9283 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9284 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9285 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9286 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9287 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9288 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9289 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9290 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9291
9292 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9295 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9296 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9297 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9298 without directory names.
9299
9300 \(fn)" nil nil)
9301 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9302 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9303 (progn
9304 (load "etags")
9305 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9306
9307 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9308 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9309 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9310 but does not select the buffer.
9311 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9312
9313 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9314 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9315 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9316 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9317 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9318
9319 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9320
9321 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9322 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9323 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9324
9325 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9326
9327 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9330 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9331 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9332 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9333
9334 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9335 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9336 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9337 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9338 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9339
9340 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9341
9342 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9343 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9344 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9345
9346 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9347
9348 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9349 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9350
9351 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9352 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9353 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9354 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9355 around or before point.
9356
9357 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9358 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9359 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9360 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9361 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9362
9363 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9364
9365 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9366 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9367 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9368
9369 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9370
9371 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9372 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9373
9374 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9375 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9376 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9377 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9378 around or before point.
9379
9380 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9381 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9382 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9383 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9384 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9385
9386 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9387
9388 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9389 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9390 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9391
9392 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9393
9394 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9395 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9396
9397 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9398 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9399 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9400
9401 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9402 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9403 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9404 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9405 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9406
9407 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9408
9409 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9410 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9411 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9412
9413 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9414
9415 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9416 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9417 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9418
9419 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9420 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9421
9422 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9423 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9424 where they were found.
9425
9426 \(fn)" t nil)
9427
9428 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9429 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9430
9431 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9432 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9433 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9434
9435 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9436 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9437
9438 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9439 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9440
9441 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9444 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9445 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9446 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9447
9448 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9449 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9450 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9451 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9452 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9453
9454 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9455 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9456
9457 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9458 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9459 Stops when a match is found.
9460 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9461
9462 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9463
9464 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9465
9466 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9467 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9468 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9469 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9470 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9471 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9472 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9473 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9474
9475 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9476 produce the list of files to search.
9477
9478 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9479
9480 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9481
9482 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9483 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9484 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9485 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9486 directory specification.
9487
9488 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9489
9490 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9491 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9492
9493 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9494
9495 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9496 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9497 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9498 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9499
9500 \(fn)" t nil)
9501
9502 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9503 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9504 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9505 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9506 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9507
9508 \(fn)" t nil)
9509
9510 ;;;***
9511 \f
9512 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9513 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9514 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9515 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9516 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9517 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9518 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9519 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9520 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9521
9522 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9523
9524
9525 \(fn)" nil nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9528 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9529
9530 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9531 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9532
9533 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9534 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9535 primary language.
9536
9537 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9538 even if the buffer is read-only.
9539
9540 See also the descriptions of the variables
9541 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9542
9543 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9544
9545 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9546 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9547
9548 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9549 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9550
9551 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9552 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9553 primary language.
9554
9555 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9556 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9557
9558 See also the descriptions of the variables
9559 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9560
9561 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9564 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9565 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9566 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9567
9568 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9569
9570 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9571 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9572 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9573 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9574
9575 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9576 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9577 primary language.
9578
9579 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9580 buffer is read-only.
9581
9582 See also the descriptions of the variables
9583 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9584 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9585
9586 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9587
9588 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9589 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9590
9591 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9592 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9593
9594 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9595 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9596 the primary language.
9597
9598 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9599 buffer is read-only.
9600
9601 See also the descriptions of the variables
9602 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9603 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9604
9605 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9606
9607 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9608 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9609 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9610
9611 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9612
9613 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9614 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9615
9616 \(fn)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9619 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9620
9621 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9622 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9623 be 1, 2, or 3.
9624
9625 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9626 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9627 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9628
9629 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9630
9631 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9632
9633 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9634 This function is deprecated.
9635
9636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9637
9638 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9639 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9640
9641 \(fn)" t nil)
9642
9643 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9644 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9645
9646 \(fn)" t nil)
9647
9648 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9649 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9650
9651 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9652 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9653
9654 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9655 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9656
9657 \(fn)" nil nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9661
9662 \(fn)" nil nil)
9663
9664 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9665 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9666
9667 \(fn)" nil nil)
9668
9669 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9670 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9671
9672 \(fn)" nil nil)
9673
9674 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9675 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9676 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9677
9678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9681
9682
9683 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9684
9685 ;;;***
9686 \f
9687 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9688 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9689 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9691
9692 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9693 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9694 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9695 server for future sessions.
9696
9697 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9698
9699 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9700 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9701 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9702
9703 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9706 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9707 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9708
9709 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9710
9711 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9712 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9713 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9714 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9715 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9716 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9717 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9718 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9719 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9720 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9721 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9722 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9723
9724 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9727 Display a form to query the directory server.
9728 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9729 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9730
9731 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9734 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9735 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9736
9737 \(fn)" t nil)
9738
9739 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9740
9741 ;;;***
9742 \f
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9744 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9745 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9747
9748 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9749 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9750
9751 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9752
9753 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9754 Display URL and make it clickable.
9755
9756 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9757
9758 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9759 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9760
9761 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9764 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9765
9766 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9767
9768 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9769 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9770
9771 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9774 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9775
9776 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9777
9778 ;;;***
9779 \f
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9781 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19931 11784))
9782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9783
9784 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9785 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9786 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9787
9788 \(fn)" t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9791 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9792
9793 \(fn)" t nil)
9794
9795 ;;;***
9796 \f
9797 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9798 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9800
9801 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9802 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9803
9804 \(fn)" t nil)
9805
9806 ;;;***
9807 \f
9808 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9809 ;;;;;; 45374))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9811
9812 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9813 Create an empty ewoc.
9814
9815 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9816
9817 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9818 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9819 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9820 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9821 `insert-before-markers'.
9822
9823 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9824 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9825 respectively, of the ewoc.
9826
9827 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9828 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9829 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9830
9831 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9832
9833 ;;;***
9834 \f
9835 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9836 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9837 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9838 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
9839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9840
9841 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9842 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9843 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9844
9845 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9848 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9849 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9850 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9851 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9852
9853 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9856 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9857 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9858 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9859 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9860 executable.
9861
9862 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9865 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9866 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9867
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9871 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9872 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9873 file modes.
9874
9875 \(fn)" nil nil)
9876
9877 ;;;***
9878 \f
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9880 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9881 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
9882 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9883
9884 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9885 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9886 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9887 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9888
9889 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9890
9891 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9892 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9893 to generate such functions.
9894
9895 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9896 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9897 beginning of the expanded text.
9898
9899 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9900 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9901 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9902 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9903
9904 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9905
9906 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9909 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9910 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9911
9912 \(fn)" nil nil)
9913
9914 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9915 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9916 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9917
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9921 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9922 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9923
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9925 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9926 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9927
9928 ;;;***
9929 \f
9930 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19975 1875))
9931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9932
9933 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9934 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9935 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9936
9937 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9938 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9939 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9940
9941 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9942
9943 Key definitions:
9944 \\{f90-mode-map}
9945
9946 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9947
9948 `f90-do-indent'
9949 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9950 `f90-if-indent'
9951 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9952 `f90-type-indent'
9953 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9954 `f90-program-indent'
9955 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9956 (default 2).
9957 `f90-associate-indent'
9958 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
9959 `f90-critical-indent'
9960 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
9961 `f90-continuation-indent'
9962 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9963 `f90-comment-region'
9964 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9965 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9966 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9967 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9968 (default \"!\").
9969 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9970 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9971 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9972 `f90-break-delimiters'
9973 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9974 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9975 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9976 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9977 (default t).
9978 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9979 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9980 `f90-smart-end'
9981 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9982 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9983 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9984 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9985 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9986 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9987 `f90-leave-line-no'
9988 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9989
9990 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9991 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9992
9993 \(fn)" t nil)
9994
9995 ;;;***
9996 \f
9997 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9998 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9999 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10000 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
10001 ;;;;;; 45374))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10003
10004 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10005 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10006
10007 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10008 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10009
10010 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10011 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10012 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10013 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10014 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10015 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10016 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10017
10018 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10019 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10020 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10021
10022 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10025 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10026
10027 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10030 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10031 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10032 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10033 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10034 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10035
10036 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10039 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10040 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10041
10042 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10043 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10044 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10045 the same amount).
10046
10047 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10050 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10051 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10052
10053 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10054 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10055 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10056 will remove any scaling currently active.
10057
10058 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10061 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10062 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10063
10064 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10065 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10066 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10067 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10068 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10069
10070 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10071 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10072
10073 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10074 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10075
10076 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10077 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10078 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10079
10080 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10081 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10082 is one of the above.
10083
10084 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10085 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10086 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10087 will remove any scaling currently active.
10088
10089 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10090 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10091 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10092 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10093 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10094
10095 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10098 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10099 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10100 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10101
10102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10105 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10106 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10107 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10108 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10109
10110 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10111 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10112
10113 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10114
10115 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10116 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10117 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10118 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10119
10120 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10121 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10122 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10123 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10124
10125 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10126 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10127
10128 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10131 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10132 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10133 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10134
10135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10136
10137 ;;;***
10138 \f
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10140 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10141 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19931 11784))
10142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10143
10144 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10145 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10146 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10147 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10148
10149 \(fn)" nil nil)
10150
10151 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10152 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10153
10154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10157 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10158 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10159 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10160
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10164 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10165 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10166 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10167 backup file names and the like).
10168
10169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10170
10171 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10172 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10173 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10174 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10175 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10176 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10177 internally by feedmail):
10178
10179 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10180 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10181 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10182 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10183
10184 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10185 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10186 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10187 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10188 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10189
10190 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10191
10192 ;;;***
10193 \f
10194 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10195 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10197
10198 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10199 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10200 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10201 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10202 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10203 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10204 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10205
10206 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10209 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10210 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10211 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10212 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10213 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10214 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10215
10216 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10217
10218 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10219
10220 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10221 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10222 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10223 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10224 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10225 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10226
10227 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10228
10229 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10230 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10231 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10232 Return value:
10233 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10234 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10235 * otherwise, nil
10236
10237 \(fn E)" t nil)
10238
10239 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10240 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10241 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10242
10243 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10244
10245 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10246 Try to get a file name at point.
10247 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10248
10249 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10250 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10251
10252 \(fn)" t nil)
10253
10254 ;;;***
10255 \f
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10257 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10258 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10259 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10261
10262 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10263 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10264 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10265 be added to the cache.
10266
10267 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10270 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10271 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10272 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10273 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10274
10275 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10276
10277 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10278 Add FILE to the file cache.
10279
10280 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10283 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10284 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10285
10286 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10289 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10290 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10291
10292 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10293
10294 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10295 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10296 This function does not use any external programs.
10297 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10298 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10299 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10300
10301 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10302
10303 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10304 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10305 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10306 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10307 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10308 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10309 \(directories) is done.
10310
10311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10312
10313 ;;;***
10314 \f
10315 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10316 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10317 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10318 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10319 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19886 45771))
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10321
10322 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10323 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10324
10325 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10326 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10327 Local Variables list.
10328
10329 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10330 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10331 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10332
10333 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10334
10335 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10336 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10337
10338 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10341 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10342
10343 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10344 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10345 the -*- line.
10346
10347 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10348 then this function adds it.
10349
10350 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10353 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10354
10355 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10358 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10359
10360 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10363 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10364
10365 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10368 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10369
10370 \(fn)" t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10373 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10374
10375 \(fn)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10378 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10379
10380 \(fn)" t nil)
10381
10382 ;;;***
10383 \f
10384 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10385 ;;;;;; 45374))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10387
10388 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10389 Filesets initialization.
10390 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10391
10392 \(fn)" nil nil)
10393
10394 ;;;***
10395 \f
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10398
10399 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10400 Initiate the building of a find command.
10401 For example:
10402
10403 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10404 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10405 (mtime \"+1\"))
10406 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10407
10408 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10409 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10410
10411 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10412
10413 ;;;***
10414 \f
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10416 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19980 19797))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10418
10419 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10420 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10421 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10422
10423 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10424
10425 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10426 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10427
10428 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10431 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10432 and run dired on those files.
10433 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10434 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10435
10436 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10437
10438 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10439
10440 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10441 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10442 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10443
10444 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10445 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10446
10447 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10448 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10449
10450 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10451
10452 ;;;***
10453 \f
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10455 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10456 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10458
10459 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10460 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10461 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10462 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10463 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10464 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10465 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10466
10467 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10468 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10469 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10470
10471 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10472
10473 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10474
10475 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10476
10477 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10478 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10479 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10480
10481 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10482 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10483
10484 Variables of interest include:
10485
10486 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10487 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10488 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10489
10490 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10491 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10492 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10493
10494 - `ff-ignore-include'
10495 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10496
10497 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10498 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10499
10500 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10501 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10502
10503 - `ff-special-constructs'
10504 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10505 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10506 extracting the filename from that construct.
10507
10508 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10509 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10510
10511 - `ff-search-directories'
10512 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10513 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10514
10515 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10516 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10517
10518 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10519 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10520
10521 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10522 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10523
10524 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10525 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10526
10527 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10528 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10529
10530 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10531
10532 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10533 Visit the file you click on.
10534
10535 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10536
10537 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10538 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10539
10540 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10541
10542 ;;;***
10543 \f
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10545 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10546 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10547 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10548 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10549 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10550 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19981 40664))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10552
10553 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10554 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10555 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10556
10557 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10560 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10561 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10562 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10563
10564 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10565 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10566 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10567 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10568
10569 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10572 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10573
10574 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10575 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10576 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10577 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10578
10579 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10580 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10581 in `load-path'.
10582
10583 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10584
10585 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10586 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10587
10588 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10589 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10590 places point before the definition.
10591 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10592
10593 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10594 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10595 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10596
10597 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10600 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10601
10602 See `find-function' for more details.
10603
10604 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10607 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10608
10609 See `find-function' for more details.
10610
10611 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10612
10613 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10614 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10615
10616 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10617 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10618 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10619
10620 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10621 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10622
10623 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10624
10625 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10626 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10627
10628 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10629 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10630 places point before the definition.
10631
10632 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10633
10634 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10635 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10636 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10637
10638 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10641 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10642
10643 See `find-variable' for more details.
10644
10645 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10646
10647 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10648 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10649
10650 See `find-variable' for more details.
10651
10652 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10653
10654 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10655 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10656 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10657 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10658 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10659 buffer nor display it.
10660
10661 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10662 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10663
10664 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10665
10666 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10667 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10668
10669 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10670 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10671 places point before the definition.
10672
10673 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10674
10675 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10676 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10677 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10678
10679 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10682 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10683 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10684
10685 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10686
10687 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10688 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10689
10690 \(fn)" t nil)
10691
10692 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10693 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10694
10695 \(fn)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10698 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10699
10700 \(fn)" nil nil)
10701
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10705 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10707
10708 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10709 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10710
10711 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10714 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10715
10716 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10719 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10720
10721 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10722
10723 ;;;***
10724 \f
10725 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10726 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10728
10729 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10730 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10731
10732 \(fn)" t nil)
10733
10734 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10735 Display FILE's commentary section.
10736 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10737
10738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10739
10740 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10741 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10742
10743 \(fn)" t nil)
10744
10745 ;;;***
10746 \f
10747 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10748 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10750
10751 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10752 Toggle flow control handling.
10753 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10754 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10755
10756 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10759 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10760 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10761 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10762 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10763 to get the effect of a C-q.
10764
10765 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10766
10767 ;;;***
10768 \f
10769 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10770 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10772
10773 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10774
10775
10776 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10777
10778 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10779
10780
10781 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10782
10783 ;;;***
10784 \f
10785 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10786 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19976 22732))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10788
10789 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10790 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10791 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10792 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10793
10794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10797 Turn flymake mode on.
10798
10799 \(fn)" nil nil)
10800
10801 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10802 Turn flymake mode off.
10803
10804 \(fn)" nil nil)
10805
10806 ;;;***
10807 \f
10808 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10809 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10810 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19981 40664))
10811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10812
10813 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10814 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10815
10816 \(fn)" t nil)
10817 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10820 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10821 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10822 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10823 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10824 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10825 otherwise turn it off.
10826
10827 Bindings:
10828 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10829 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10830 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10831 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10832
10833 Hooks:
10834 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10835
10836 Remark:
10837 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10838 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10839 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10840
10841 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10842 consider adding:
10843 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10844 in your .emacs file.
10845
10846 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10847 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10848
10849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10850
10851 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10852 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10853
10854 \(fn)" nil nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10857 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10858
10859 \(fn)" nil nil)
10860
10861 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10862 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10863
10864 \(fn)" nil nil)
10865
10866 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10867 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10868
10869 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10870
10871 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10872 Flyspell whole buffer.
10873
10874 \(fn)" t nil)
10875
10876 ;;;***
10877 \f
10878 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10879 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10880 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10882
10883 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10884 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10885
10886 \(fn)" nil nil)
10887
10888 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10889 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10890
10891 \(fn)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10894 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10895
10896 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10897 of two major techniques:
10898
10899 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10900 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10901 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10902
10903 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10904 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10905 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10906 movement commands.
10907
10908 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10909 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10910 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10911 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10912 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10913 mileage may vary).
10914
10915 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10916 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10917
10918 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10919
10920 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10921 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10922 \(This is the default.)
10923
10924 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10925
10926 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10927 \\{follow-mode-map}
10928
10929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10932 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10933
10934 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10935 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10936 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10937 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10938 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10939 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10940
10941 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10942 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10943 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10944
10945 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10946 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10947 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10948
10949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10950
10951 ;;;***
10952 \f
10953 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19913
10954 ;;;;;; 4309))
10955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10956
10957 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10958 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10959 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10960 started, play around with the following keys:
10961 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10962
10963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10964
10965 ;;;***
10966 \f
10967 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10968 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19886 45771))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10970
10971 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10972 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10973
10974 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10975 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10976 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10977 C-c < forms-first-record <
10978 C-c > forms-last-record >
10979 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10980 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10981 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10982 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10983 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10984 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10985 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10986 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10987 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10988 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10989
10990 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10991
10992 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10993 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10994
10995 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10996
10997 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10998 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10999
11000 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11001
11002 ;;;***
11003 \f
11004 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11005 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11007
11008 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11009 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11010 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11011
11012 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11013 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11014
11015 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11016
11017 Key definitions:
11018 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11019
11020 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11021
11022 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11023 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11024 `fortran-do-indent'
11025 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11026 `fortran-if-indent'
11027 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11028 `fortran-structure-indent'
11029 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11030 (default 3)
11031 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11032 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11033 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11034 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11035 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11036 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11037 nil don't change the indentation
11038 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11039 value of either
11040 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11041 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11042 depending on the continuation format in use.
11043 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11044 indentation for a line of code.
11045 (default 'fixed)
11046 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11047 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11048 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11049 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11050 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11051 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11052 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11053 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11054 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11055 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11056 column 5.
11057 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11058 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11059 statements (default nil).
11060 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11061 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11062 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11063 `fortran-continuation-string'
11064 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11065 line (default \"$\").
11066 `fortran-comment-region'
11067 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11068 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11069 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11070 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11071 as typed (default t).
11072 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11073 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11074
11075 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11076 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11077
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11079
11080 ;;;***
11081 \f
11082 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11083 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19931 11784))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11085
11086 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11087 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11088
11089 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11090 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11091
11092 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11095 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11096
11097 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11098 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11099
11100 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11101
11102 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11103 Compile fortune file.
11104
11105 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11106 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11107
11108 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11111 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11112
11113 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11114 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11115 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11116 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11117
11118 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11121 Display a fortune cookie.
11122 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11123 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11124 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11125 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11126
11127 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11132 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11134
11135 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11136 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11137
11138 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11139
11140 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11141 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11142 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11143 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11144
11145 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11146 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11147 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11148 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11149
11150 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11151 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11152 shown in some of the buffers.
11153
11154 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11155
11156 The following commands help control operation :
11157
11158 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11159 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11160
11161 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11162 detailed description of this mode.
11163
11164
11165 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11166 | GDB Toolbar |
11167 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11168 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11169 | | |
11170 | | |
11171 | | |
11172 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11173 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11174 | | (comint-mode) |
11175 | | |
11176 | | |
11177 | | |
11178 | | |
11179 | | |
11180 | | |
11181 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11182 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11183 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11184 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11185 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11186 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11187
11188 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11189
11190 ;;;***
11191 \f
11192 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11193 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11194 ;;;;;; 45374))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11196
11197 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11198 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11199 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11200 instead (which see).")
11201
11202 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11203 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11204
11205 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11206 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11207 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11208 documentation string instead.
11209
11210 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11211 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11212 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11213 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11214 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11215 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11216 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11217 enders are actually possible.
11218
11219 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11220 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11221
11222 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11223 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11224 `font-lock-keywords'.
11225
11226 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11227 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11228 runs the macro expansion.
11229
11230 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11231 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11232 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11233
11234 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11235
11236 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11237
11238 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11239
11240 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11241 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11242
11243 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11244
11245 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11246 Enter generic mode MODE.
11247
11248 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11249 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11250 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11251
11252 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11253 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11254
11255 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11256
11257 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11258 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11259 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11260 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11261 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11262 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11263 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11264 `font-lock-keywords'.
11265
11266 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11267
11268 ;;;***
11269 \f
11270 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11273
11274 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11275 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11276 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11277 at places they belong to.
11278
11279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11280
11281 ;;;***
11282 \f
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11284 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11285 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11287
11288 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11289 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11290 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11291
11292 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11293
11294 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11295 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11296
11297 Guideline for numbers:
11298 1 - error messages
11299 3 - non-serious error messages
11300 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11301 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11302 9 - messages inside loops.
11303
11304 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11305
11306 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11307 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11308 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11309
11310 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11311
11312 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11313 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11314
11315 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11316
11317 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11318 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11319
11320 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11321 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11322 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11323 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11324 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11325 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11326
11327 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11328 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11329 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11330 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11331 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11332
11333 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11334
11335 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11336
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11340 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19978 37530))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11342 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11343 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11344
11345 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11346 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11347
11348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11351 Read network news.
11352 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11353 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11354 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11355 name of an NNTP server to use.
11356 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11357 server.
11358
11359 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11360
11361 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11362 Read news as a slave.
11363
11364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11367 Pop up a frame to read news.
11368 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11369 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11370 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11371 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11372 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11373 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11374 current display is used.
11375
11376 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11377
11378 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11379 Read network news.
11380 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11381 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11382 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11383
11384 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11385
11386 ;;;***
11387 \f
11388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11389 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11390 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11391 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11392 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11393 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19953 61266))
11394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11395
11396 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11397 Start Gnus unplugged.
11398
11399 \(fn)" t nil)
11400
11401 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11402 Start Gnus plugged.
11403
11404 \(fn)" t nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11407 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11408
11409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11410
11411 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11412 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11413
11414 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11415 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11416 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11417
11418 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11419 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11420 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11421
11422 \(fn)" t nil)
11423
11424 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11425 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11426
11427 \(fn)" nil nil)
11428
11429 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11430 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11431 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11432 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11433 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11434 supported.
11435
11436 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11437
11438 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11439 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11440 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11441 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11442 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11443 supported.
11444
11445 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11446
11447 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11448 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11449
11450 \(fn)" nil nil)
11451
11452 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11453 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11454 downloaded into the agent.
11455
11456 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11457
11458 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11459 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11460 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11461 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11462
11463 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11464
11465 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11466 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11467
11468 \(fn)" t nil)
11469
11470 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11471 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11472
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11476 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11477 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11478
11479 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11480
11481 ;;;***
11482 \f
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11484 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11486
11487 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11488 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11489
11490 \(fn)" nil nil)
11491
11492 ;;;***
11493 \f
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11495 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11497
11498 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11499 Set a bookmark for this article.
11500
11501 \(fn)" t nil)
11502
11503 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11504 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11505
11506 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11507
11508 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11509 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11510 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11511 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11512 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11513
11514 \(fn)" t nil)
11515
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11519 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11520 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11521 ;;;;;; 45374))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11523
11524 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11525 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11526
11527 Usage:
11528 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11529
11530 \(fn)" t nil)
11531
11532 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11533 Generate the cache active file.
11534
11535 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11536
11537 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11538 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11539
11540 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11543 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11544 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11545 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11546 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11547 supported.
11548
11549 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11550
11551 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11552 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11553 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11554 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11555 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11556 supported.
11557
11558 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11559
11560 ;;;***
11561 \f
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11563 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11565
11566 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11567 Delay this article by some time.
11568 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11569
11570 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11571 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11572
11573 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11574 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11575
11576 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11577 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11578
11579 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11580
11581 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11582 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11583
11584 \(fn)" t nil)
11585
11586 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11587 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11588 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11589 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11590
11591 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11592 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11593
11594 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11595
11596 ;;;***
11597 \f
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11599 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11601
11602 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11603
11604
11605 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11606
11607 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11608
11609
11610 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11611
11612 ;;;***
11613 \f
11614 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11615 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11617
11618 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11619 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11620
11621 \(fn)" t nil)
11622
11623 ;;;***
11624 \f
11625 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11626 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11628
11629 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11630 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11631
11632 \(fn)" t nil)
11633
11634 ;;;***
11635 \f
11636 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11637 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11638 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19980
11639 ;;;;;; 19797))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11641
11642 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11643 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11644
11645 \(fn)" t nil)
11646
11647 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11648 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11649
11650 \(fn)" t nil)
11651
11652 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11653 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11654
11655 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11656 different input formats.
11657
11658 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11659
11660 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11661 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11662
11663 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11664 different input formats.
11665
11666 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11667
11668 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11669 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11670 The PNG is returned as a string.
11671
11672 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11673
11674 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11675 Convert FILE to a Face.
11676 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11677 726 bytes.
11678
11679 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11680
11681 ;;;***
11682 \f
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11684 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11688 Display gravatar in the From header.
11689 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11690
11691 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11692
11693 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11694 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11695 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11696
11697 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11698
11699 ;;;***
11700 \f
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11702 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19981 40664))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11704
11705 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11706 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11707 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11708 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11709
11710 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11713 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11714
11715 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11716
11717 ;;;***
11718 \f
11719 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11720 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19917 1372))
11721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11722
11723 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11724
11725
11726 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11727
11728 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11729
11730
11731 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11736 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11738
11739 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11740
11741 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11742 Run batched scoring.
11743 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11744
11745 \(fn)" t nil)
11746
11747 ;;;***
11748 \f
11749 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11750 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11751 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11753
11754 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11755
11756
11757 \(fn)" nil nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11760 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11761 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11762
11763 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11766 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11767
11768 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11769
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773 \f
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11775 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11780 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11781 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11782 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11783 group parameters.
11784
11785 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11786 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11787 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11788 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11789
11790 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11791 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11792 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11793 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11794 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11795 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11796 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11797 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11798 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11799 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11800
11801 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11804 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11805 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11806 nil CATCH-ALL).
11807
11808 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11809 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11814 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11815 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11816
11817 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11818
11819 \(fn)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11822 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11823 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11824
11825 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11826
11827 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11828 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11829 existing groups are considered.
11830
11831 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11832 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11833 returned.
11834
11835 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11836 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11837 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11838 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11839 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11840 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11841 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11842 clauses will be generated.
11843
11844 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11845 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11846 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11847 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11848 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11849 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11850
11851 For example, given the following group parameters:
11852
11853 nnml:mail.bar:
11854 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11855 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11856 nnml:mail.foo:
11857 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11858 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11859 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11860 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11861 nnml:mail.others:
11862 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11863
11864 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11865
11866 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11867 \"mail.bar\")
11868 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11869 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11870 \"mail.others\")
11871
11872 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11873
11874 ;;;***
11875 \f
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11877 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19978 37530))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11879
11880 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11881 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11882 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11883 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11884
11885 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
11886
11887 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11888 Mail to ADDRESS.
11889
11890 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11891
11892 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11893 Like `message-reply'.
11894
11895 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11896
11897 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11898
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11902 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11903 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11907 Display picons in the From header.
11908 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11909
11910 \(fn)" t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11913 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11914 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11915
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11919 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11920 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11921
11922 \(fn)" t nil)
11923
11924 ;;;***
11925 \f
11926 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11927 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11928 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11930 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11934 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11935 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11936 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11937
11938 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11939
11940 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11941 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11942 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11943 LIST1 is modified.
11944
11945 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11948 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11949 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11950
11951 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11952
11953 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11954
11955
11956 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11959 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11960 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11961
11962 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11965 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11966 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11967
11968 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11969
11970 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11973 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11974 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11975
11976 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11977
11978 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11979 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11980 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11981
11982 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11985 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11986 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11987
11988 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11989
11990 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11991 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11992
11993 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11994
11995 ;;;***
11996 \f
11997 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11998 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19976 22732))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12002 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12007 Install the registry hooks.
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12014 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
12015 ;;;;;; 45374))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12019 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12020 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12021 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12022 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12023 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12024
12025 \(fn)" t nil)
12026
12027 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12028 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12029 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12030 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12031 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12032
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12036
12037
12038 \(fn)" t nil)
12039
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12043 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12047 Update the format specification near point.
12048
12049 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12050
12051 ;;;***
12052 \f
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12054 ;;;;;; (19953 61266))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12056
12057 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12058 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12059
12060 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12061
12062 ;;;***
12063 \f
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12065 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12067
12068 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12069 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12070 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12071
12072 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12073
12074 ;;;***
12075 \f
12076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12077 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12079
12080 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12081 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12082
12083 \(fn)" t nil)
12084
12085 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12086 Install the sync hooks.
12087
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12089
12090 ;;;***
12091 \f
12092 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12093 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12097 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12098
12099 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19889 21967))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12105
12106 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12107 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12108
12109 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12110 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12111 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12112
12113 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12114 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12115 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12116
12117 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12118 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12119
12120 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12121 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12122
12123 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12124
12125 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12126
12127 ;;;***
12128 \f
12129 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12130 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
12131 ;;;;;; 45374))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12133
12134 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12135
12136 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12137 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12138 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12139 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12140 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12141
12142 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12143
12144 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12145 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12146 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12147 or to send e-mail.
12148 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12149 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12150
12151 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12152 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12153
12154 \(fn)" t nil)
12155 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12156
12157 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12158 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12159
12160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12163 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12164
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12166
12167 ;;;***
12168 \f
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12170 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12172
12173 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12174 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12175 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12176
12177 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12178
12179 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12180 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12181
12182 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12187 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12188 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19980 19797))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12190
12191 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12192 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12193
12194 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12195
12196 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12197 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12198 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12199 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12200 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12201
12202 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12203 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12204 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12205
12206 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12207
12208 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12209 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12210 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12211 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12212 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12213
12214 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12215
12216 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12217 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12218
12219 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12220
12221 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12222 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12223
12224 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12225 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12226 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12227
12228 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12229 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12230 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12231
12232 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12233 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12234 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12235 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12236
12237 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12238 How to invoke find and grep.
12239 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12240 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12241 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12242 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12243
12244 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12245
12246 (defvar grep-history nil)
12247
12248 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12249
12250 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12251 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12252 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12253
12254 \(fn)" nil nil)
12255
12256 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12257
12258
12259 \(fn)" nil nil)
12260
12261 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12262 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12263
12264 \(fn)" nil nil)
12265
12266 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12267 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12268 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12269 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12270 found matches.
12271
12272 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12273 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12274
12275 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12276 can easily repeat a grep command.
12277
12278 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12279 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12280 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12281 list is empty).
12282
12283 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12286 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12287 Collect output in a buffer.
12288 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12289 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12290
12291 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12292 easily repeat a find command.
12293
12294 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12295
12296 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12297
12298 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12299 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12300 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12301 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12302 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12303
12304 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12305 before it is executed.
12306 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12307
12308 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12309 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12310 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12311
12312 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12313
12314 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12317 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12318 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12319 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12320 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12321
12322 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12323 before it is executed.
12324 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12325
12326 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12327 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12328 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12329
12330 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12331
12332 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12335 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12336 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12337 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12338
12339 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12340
12341 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12342
12343 ;;;***
12344 \f
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12347
12348 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12349 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12350 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12351 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12352 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12353
12354 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12355
12356 ;;;***
12357 \f
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12359 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19931 11784))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12361
12362 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12363 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12364 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12365 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12366
12367 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12370 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12371 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12372 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12373
12374 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12375
12376 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12377 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12378 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12379 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12380
12381 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12382
12383 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12384 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12385 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12386 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12387
12388 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12389 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12390
12391 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12394 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12395 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12396 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12397
12398 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12399
12400 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12401 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12402 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12403 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12404
12405 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12406
12407 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12408 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12409 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12410 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12411 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12412
12413 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12414 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12415 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12416 original source file access method.
12417
12418 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12419 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12420
12421 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12422 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12423
12424 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12425 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12426
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428
12429 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12430 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12431 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12433 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12434 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12435
12436 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12437
12438 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12439 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12440
12441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12442
12443 ;;;***
12444 \f
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12446 ;;;;;; 21967))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12448
12449 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12450 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12451 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12452 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12453
12454 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12455 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12456 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12457 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12458
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12466
12467 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12468 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12469
12470 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12471
12472 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12473 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12474 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12475 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12476
12477 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12478
12479 \(fn)" t nil)
12480
12481 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12482 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12483 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12484 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12485 to be updated.
12486
12487 \(fn)" t nil)
12488
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12492 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12493 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12495
12496 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12497 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12498
12499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12500
12501 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12502 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12503 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12504
12505 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12506
12507 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12508 Verify a hashcash payment
12509
12510 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12511
12512 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12513 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12514 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12515 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12516 `mail-add-payment-async').
12517
12518 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12519
12520 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12521 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12522 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12523 Calculation is asynchronous.
12524
12525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12526
12527 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12528 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12529 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12530
12531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12532
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12536 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12537 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12538 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12540
12541 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12542 Return the help-echo string at point.
12543 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12544 property, or nil, is returned.
12545 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12546 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12547 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12548
12549 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12550
12551 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12552 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12553 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12554 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12555 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12556
12557 \(fn)" nil nil)
12558
12559 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12560 Display local help in the echo area.
12561 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12562 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12563 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12564 printed instead.
12565
12566 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12567 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12568 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12569
12570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12571
12572 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12573 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12574 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12575
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12577
12578 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12579 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12580 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583
12584 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12585 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12586 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12587 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12588 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12589 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12590 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12591 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12592 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12593 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12594 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12595
12596 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12597 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12598 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12599 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12600 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12601
12602 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12603 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12604 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12605 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12606 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12607 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12608 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12609 The default is `never'.")
12610
12611 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12612
12613 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12614 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12615 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12616 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12617 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12618 considered different regions.
12619
12620 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12621 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12622 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12623 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12624 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12625 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12626 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12627 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12628 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12629
12630 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12631
12632 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12633 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12634 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12635 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12636 different regions.
12637
12638 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12639 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12640 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12641 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12642 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12643 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12644 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12645 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12646
12647 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12648 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12649 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12650 rarely happens in practice.
12651
12652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12653
12654 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12655 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12656 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12657 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12658 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12659 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12660
12661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12662
12663 ;;;***
12664 \f
12665 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12666 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12667 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12668 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19977 43600))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12670
12671 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12672 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12673
12674 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12677 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12678 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12679
12680 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12681
12682 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12683 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12684 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12685 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12686 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12687 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12688 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12689 search for a function definition.
12690
12691 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12692 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12693 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12694 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12695 suitable file is found, return nil.
12696
12697 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12698
12699 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12700
12701
12702 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12703
12704 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12705 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12706 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12707 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12708
12709 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12710
12711 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12712 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12713 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12714 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12715 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12716 it is displayed along with the global value.
12717
12718 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12719
12720 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12721 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12722 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12723 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12724
12725 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12726
12727 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12728 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12729 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12730 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12731 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12732
12733 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12734
12735 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12736 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12737
12738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12739
12740 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12741 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12742
12743 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12744
12745 ;;;***
12746 \f
12747 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12748 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12750
12751 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12752 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12753 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12754 window listing and describing the options.
12755 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12756 gives the window that lists the options.")
12757
12758 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12759
12760 ;;;***
12761 \f
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12763 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12764 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19958
12765 ;;;;;; 33091))
12766 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12767
12768 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12769 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12770 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12771 Commands:
12772 \\{help-mode-map}
12773
12774 \(fn)" t nil)
12775
12776 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12777
12778
12779 \(fn)" nil nil)
12780
12781 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12782
12783
12784 \(fn)" nil nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12787 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12788
12789 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12790 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12791 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12792 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12793
12794 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12795 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12796 restore it properly when going back.
12797
12798 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12799
12800 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12801 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12802 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12803 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12804 from `help-mode'.
12805 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12806 it does not already exist.
12807
12808 \(fn)" nil nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12811 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12812
12813 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12814 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12815 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12816 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12817 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12818 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12819 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12820 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12821
12822 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12823 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12824 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12825 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12826
12827 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12828 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12829 that.
12830
12831 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12834 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12835 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12836 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12837 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12838 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12839
12840 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12841
12842 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12843 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12844 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12845 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12846 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12847
12848 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12849
12850 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12851 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12852
12853 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12854
12855 ;;;***
12856 \f
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12860
12861 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12862 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12863
12864 \(fn)" t nil)
12865
12866 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12867 Provide help for current mode.
12868
12869 \(fn)" t nil)
12870
12871 ;;;***
12872 \f
12873 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12874 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12875 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12876
12877 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12878 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12879 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12880 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12881 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12882
12883 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12884 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12885
12886 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12887 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12888 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12889 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12890
12891 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12892 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12893 periods.
12894
12895 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12896 in hexl format.
12897
12898 A sample format:
12899
12900 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12901 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12902 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12903 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12904 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12905 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12906 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12907 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12908 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12909 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12910 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12911 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12912 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12913 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12914 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12915
12916 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12917 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12918 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12919
12920 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12921 also supported.
12922
12923 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12924
12925 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12926 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12927 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12928
12929 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12930 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12931 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12932
12933 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12934 into the buffer at the current point.
12935
12936 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12937 into the buffer at the current point.
12938
12939 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12940 into the buffer at the current point.
12941
12942 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12943
12944 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12945 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12946
12947 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12948
12949 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12950
12951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12952
12953 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12954 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12955 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12956 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12957
12958 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12961 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12962 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12963
12964 \(fn)" t nil)
12965
12966 ;;;***
12967 \f
12968 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12969 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12970 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12971 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12973
12974 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12975 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12976
12977 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12978 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12979 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12980 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12981 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12982 called interactively, are:
12983
12984 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12985 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12986
12987 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12988 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12989 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12990 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12991
12992 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12993 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12994
12995 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12996 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12997
12998 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12999 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13000 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13001 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13002 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13003 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13004 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13005 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13006 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13007 function returns t.
13008
13009 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13010 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13011
13012 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13013 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13014 form:
13015 Hi-lock: FOO
13016 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13017 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13018 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13019 Patterns will be read until
13020 Hi-lock: end
13021 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13022
13023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13024
13025 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13026 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13027 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13029 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13030 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13031
13032 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13035 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13036 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
13037 ARG is positive.
13038 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13039 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13040 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13041
13042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13043
13044 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13045
13046 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13047 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13048
13049 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13050 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13051 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13052 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13053 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13054
13055 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13056
13057 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13058
13059 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13060 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13061
13062 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13063 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13064 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13065 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13066 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13067
13068 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13069
13070 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13071
13072 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13073 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13074
13075 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13076 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13077
13078 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13079
13080 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13081
13082 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13083 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13084
13085 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13086 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13087 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13088 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13089 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13090
13091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13092
13093 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13094 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13095
13096 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13097 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13098 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13099
13100 \(fn)" t nil)
13101
13102 ;;;***
13103 \f
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13105 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13107
13108 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13109 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13110 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13111 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13112 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13113 how the hiding is done:
13114
13115 `hide-ifdef-env'
13116 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13117 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13118 is used.
13119
13120 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13121 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13122 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13123 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13124 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13125
13126 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13127 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13128 #endif lines when hiding.
13129
13130 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13131 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13132 is activated.
13133
13134 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13135 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13136 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13137
13138 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13139
13140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13141
13142 ;;;***
13143 \f
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13145 ;;;;;; (19938 7518))
13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13147
13148 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13149 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13150 Each element has the form
13151 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13152
13153 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13154 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13155
13156 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13157 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13158
13159 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13160 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13161 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13162 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13163 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13164 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13165
13166 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13167 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13168
13169 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13170 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13171
13172 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13173 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13174 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13175
13176 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13177 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13178 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13179 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13180 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13181
13182 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13183 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13184 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13185
13186 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13187 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13188
13189 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13190
13191 Key bindings:
13192 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13193
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13197 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13198
13199 \(fn)" nil nil)
13200
13201 ;;;***
13202 \f
13203 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13204 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13205 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13206 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13207 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19931
13208 ;;;;;; 11784))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13210
13211 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13212 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13213
13214 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13215
13216 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13217 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13218 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13219 on and off.
13220
13221 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13222 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13223 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13224 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13225 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13226 through various faces.
13227 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13228 buffer with the contents of a file
13229 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13230
13231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13234 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13235
13236 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13237 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13238 in a distinctive face.
13239
13240 The default value can be customized with variable
13241 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13242
13243 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13244
13245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13246
13247 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13248 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13249 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13250
13251 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13252
13253 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13254 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13255
13256 \(fn)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13259 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13260
13261 \(fn)" t nil)
13262
13263 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13264 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13265
13266 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13267 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13268 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13269 shown in the last face in the list.
13270
13271 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13272 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13273 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13274
13275 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13276
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13280 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13281
13282 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13283
13284 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13285 to save the file.
13286
13287 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13288 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13289
13290 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13291 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13292 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13293
13294 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13295
13296 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13297 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13298
13299 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13300 this function is called interactively.
13301
13302 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13303 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13304 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13305
13306 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13307 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13308 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13309
13310 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13311
13312 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13313 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13314 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13317 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13318
13319 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13320
13321 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13322 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13323 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13324 ARG is positive.
13325 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13326 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13327 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13328
13329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13330
13331 ;;;***
13332 \f
13333 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13334 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13335 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13336 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13337 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13339
13340 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13341 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13342 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13343 or insert functions in this list.")
13344
13345 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13346
13347 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13348 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13349
13350 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13351
13352 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13353 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13354
13355 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13356
13357 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13358 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13359
13360 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13361
13362 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13363 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13364
13365 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13366
13367 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13368 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13369 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13370
13371 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13372
13373 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13374 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13375 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13376 \(as atoms)")
13377
13378 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13379
13380 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13381 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13382 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13383 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13384 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13385
13386 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13387
13388 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13389 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13390 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13391 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13392 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13393 expansions.
13394 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13395 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13396 undoes the expansion.
13397
13398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13399
13400 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13401 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13402 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13403 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13404
13405 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13406
13407 ;;;***
13408 \f
13409 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13410 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
13411 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13412
13413 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13414 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13415 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13416
13417 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13418 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13419 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13420 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13421 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13422
13423 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13424 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13425 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13426 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13427
13428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13429
13430 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13431 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13432 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13435 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13436
13437 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13438
13439 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13440 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13441 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13442
13443 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13444 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13445 windows.
13446
13447 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13448 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13449
13450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13451
13452 ;;;***
13453 \f
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13455 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13456 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13457 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13458 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19882 48702))
13459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13460
13461 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13462
13463 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13464 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13465 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13466
13467 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13468
13469 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13470
13471 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13472
13473 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13474 Oriental holidays.
13475 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13476
13477 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13478
13479 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13480
13481 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13482
13483 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13484 Local holidays.
13485 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13486
13487 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13488
13489 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13490
13491 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13492
13493 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13494 User defined holidays.
13495 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13496
13497 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13498
13499 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13500
13501 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13502 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13503
13504 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13505
13506 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13507 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13508
13509 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13510
13511 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13512 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13513
13514 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13515
13516 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13517 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13518
13519 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13520
13521 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13522
13523 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13524 Jewish holidays.
13525 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13526
13527 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13528
13529 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13530
13531 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13532
13533 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13534 Christian holidays.
13535 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13536
13537 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13538
13539 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13540
13541 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13542
13543 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13544 Islamic holidays.
13545 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13546
13547 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13548
13549 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13550
13551 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13552
13553 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13554 Baha'i holidays.
13555 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13556
13557 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13558
13559 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13560
13561 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13562
13563 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13564 Sun-related holidays.
13565 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13566
13567 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13568
13569 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13570
13571 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13572
13573 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13574 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13575 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13576 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13577
13578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13579
13580 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13581 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13582 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13583 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13584 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13585
13586 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13587 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13588
13589 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13590 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13591
13592 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13593 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13594 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13595 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13596 of a holiday list.
13597
13598 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13599
13600 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13601
13602 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13603
13604 ;;;***
13605 \f
13606 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13607 ;;;;;; 45374))
13608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13609
13610 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13611 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13612
13613 \(fn)" t nil)
13614
13615 ;;;***
13616 \f
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13618 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19886 45771))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13620
13621 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13622 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13623 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13624 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13625 as possible.
13626
13627 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13628 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13629 fontified display.
13630
13631 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13632 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13633
13634 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13635 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13636 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13637
13638 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13639
13640 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13641 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13642 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13643
13644 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13645
13646 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13647
13648 ;;;***
13649 \f
13650 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13651 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13652 ;;;;;; 45374))
13653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13654
13655 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13656 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13657
13658 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13659 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13660 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13661
13662 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13663 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13664 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13665 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13666 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13667 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13668
13669 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13670 title of the column.
13671
13672 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13673 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13674 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13675 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13676 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13677
13678 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13679
13680 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13681
13682 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13683 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13684 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13685 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13686 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13687
13688 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13689 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13690 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13691
13692 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13693
13694 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13695
13696 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13697 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13698 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13699 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13700 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13701 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13702
13703 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13704 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13705 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13706 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13707 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13708 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13709 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13710 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13711 values are:
13712 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13713 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13714 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13715 buffer's modification flag.
13716 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13717 prompted before performing this operation.
13718 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13719 operation is complete, in the form:
13720 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13721 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13722 confirmation message, in the form:
13723 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13724 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13725 macro for exactly what it does.
13726
13727 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13728
13729 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13730
13731 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13732 Define a filter named NAME.
13733 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13734 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13735 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13736
13737 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13738 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13739 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13740 bound to the current value of the filter.
13741
13742 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13743
13744 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13745
13746 ;;;***
13747 \f
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13749 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19886 45771))
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13751
13752 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13753 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13754 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13755 buffers which are visiting a file.
13756
13757 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13758
13759 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13760 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13761 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13762 buffers which are visiting a file.
13763
13764 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13765
13766 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13767 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13768 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13769
13770 All arguments are optional.
13771 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13772 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13773 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13774 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13775 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13776 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13777 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13778 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13779 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13780 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13781 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13782 that value locally in this buffer.
13783
13784 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13785
13786 ;;;***
13787 \f
13788 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13789 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13790 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19897 16090))
13791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13792
13793 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13794 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13795 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13796 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13797
13798 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13799
13800 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13801 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13802 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13803 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13804 ICAL-FILENAME.
13805 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13806 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13807 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13808
13809 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13812 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13813 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13814 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13815 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13816 non-marking or not.
13817
13818 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13821 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13822
13823 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13824 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13825 DIARY-FILE.
13826
13827 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13828 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13829 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13830
13831 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13832 non-marking.
13833
13834 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13835 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13836 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13837
13838 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13839
13840 ;;;***
13841 \f
13842 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19940
13843 ;;;;;; 49234))
13844 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13845
13846 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13847 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13848 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13851 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13852
13853 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13854
13855 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13856 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13857 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13858 otherwise turn it off.
13859
13860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13861
13862 ;;;***
13863 \f
13864 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13866
13867 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13868 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13869 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13870 Tab indents for Icon code.
13871 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13873 \\{icon-mode-map}
13874 Variables controlling indentation style:
13875 icon-tab-always-indent
13876 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13877 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13878 icon-auto-newline
13879 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13880 inserted in Icon code.
13881 icon-indent-level
13882 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13883 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13884 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13885 icon-continued-statement-offset
13886 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13887 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13888 icon-continued-brace-offset
13889 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13890 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13891 icon-brace-offset
13892 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13893 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13894 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13895 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13896
13897 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13898 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13899
13900 \(fn)" t nil)
13901
13902 ;;;***
13903 \f
13904 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13905 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13907
13908 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13909 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13910 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13911 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13912
13913 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13914 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13915 separate frames.
13916
13917 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13918 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13919
13920 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13921 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13922 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13923
13924 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13925
13926 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13927
13928 ;;;***
13929 \f
13930 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13931 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13933
13934 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13935 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13936
13937 The main features of this mode are
13938
13939 1. Indentation and Formatting
13940 --------------------------
13941 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13942 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13943
13944 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13945 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13946 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13947 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13948
13949 Comments are indented as follows:
13950
13951 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13952 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13953 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13954
13955 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13956
13957 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13958 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13959 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13960 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13961 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13962 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13963
13964 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13965 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13966 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13967 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13968
13969 2. Routine Info
13970 ------------
13971 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13972 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13973 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13974 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13975 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13976 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13977 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13978 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13979 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13980 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13981
13982 3. Online IDL Help
13983 ---------------
13984
13985 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13986 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13987 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13988 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13989
13990 4. Completion
13991 ----------
13992 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13993 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13994 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13995 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13996 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13997 upper case.
13998
13999 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14000 --------------------------------
14001 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14002 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14003
14004 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14005 \\fu FUNCTION template
14006 \\c CASE statement template
14007 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14008 \\f FOR loop template
14009 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14010 \\w WHILE loop template
14011 \\i IF statement template
14012 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14013 \\b BEGIN
14014
14015 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14016 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14017
14018 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14019 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14020 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14021 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14022
14023 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14024 -------------------------
14025 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14026 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14027
14028 7. Automatic END completion
14029 ------------------------
14030 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14031 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14032
14033 8. Hooks
14034 -----
14035 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14036 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14037
14038 9. Documentation and Customization
14039 -------------------------------
14040 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14041 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14042 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14043 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14044 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14045
14046 10.Keybindings
14047 -----------
14048 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14049 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14050 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14051
14052 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14053
14054 \(fn)" t nil)
14055
14056 ;;;***
14057 \f
14058 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14059 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14060 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14061 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14062 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14063 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14064 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14065 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19931
14066 ;;;;;; 11784))
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14068
14069 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14070 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14071 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14072 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14073 displaying...)
14074 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14075 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14076 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14077
14078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14079 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14080
14081 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14082
14083 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14084 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14085 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14086 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14087 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14088 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14089 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14090 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14091 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14092
14093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14096 Switch to another buffer.
14097 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14098 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14099 in another frame.
14100
14101 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14102 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14103 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14104 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14105 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14106
14107 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14108 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14109
14110 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14111 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14112
14113 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14114 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14115 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14116 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14117 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14118 in a separate window.
14119 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14120 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14121 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14122 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14123 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14124 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14125 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14126 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14127 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14128
14129 \(fn)" t nil)
14130
14131 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14132 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14133 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14134 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14135
14136 \(fn)" t nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14139 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14140 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14141 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14142
14143 \(fn)" t nil)
14144
14145 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14146 Kill a buffer.
14147 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14148 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14149
14150 \(fn)" t nil)
14151
14152 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14153 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14154 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14155 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14156
14157 \(fn)" t nil)
14158
14159 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14160 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14161 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14162 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14163
14164 \(fn)" t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14167 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14168
14169 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14172 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14173 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14174 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14175 visible in another frame.
14176
14177 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14178 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14179 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14180 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14181 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14182 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14183
14184 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14185 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14186
14187 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14188 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14189
14190 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14191 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14192 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14193 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14194 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14195 in a separate window.
14196 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14197 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14198 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14199 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14200 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14201 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14202 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14203 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14204 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14205 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14206 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14207 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14208 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14209 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14210 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14211
14212 \(fn)" t nil)
14213
14214 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14215 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14216 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14217 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14218
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14220
14221 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14222 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14223 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14224 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14225
14226 \(fn)" t nil)
14227
14228 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14229 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14230 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14231 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14232
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14236 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14237 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14238 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14239
14240 \(fn)" t nil)
14241
14242 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14243 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14244 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14245 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14246
14247 \(fn)" t nil)
14248
14249 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14250 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14251 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14252 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14253
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14257 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14258 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14259 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14260
14261 \(fn)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14264 Write current buffer to a file.
14265 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14266 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14267
14268 \(fn)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14271 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14272 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14273 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14274
14275 \(fn)" t nil)
14276
14277 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14278 Call `dired' the ido way.
14279 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14280 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14281
14282 \(fn)" t nil)
14283
14284 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14285 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14286 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14287 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14288 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14289 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14290
14291 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14294 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14295 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14296 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14297
14298 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14301 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14302 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14303 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14304
14305 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14306
14307 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14308 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14309 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14310 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14311 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14312 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14313 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14314 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14315 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14316 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14317 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14318 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14319 with point positioned at the end.
14320 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14321 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14322
14323 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14324
14325 ;;;***
14326 \f
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19931 11784))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14329 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14330
14331 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14332 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14333 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14334
14335 \(fn)" t nil)
14336
14337 ;;;***
14338 \f
14339 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14340 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14341
14342 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14343
14344 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14345 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14346
14347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14348
14349 ;;;***
14350 \f
14351 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14352 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14353 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14354 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14355 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14356 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14358
14359 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14360 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14361 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14362 be determined.
14363
14364 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14365
14366 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14367 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14368 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14369 be determined.
14370
14371 \(fn)" nil nil)
14372
14373 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14374 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14375 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14376 be determined.
14377
14378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14379
14380 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14381 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14382 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14383 be determined.
14384
14385 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14386
14387 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14388 Determine and return image type.
14389 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14390 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14391 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14392 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14393 use its file extension as image type.
14394 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14395
14396 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14397
14398 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14399 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14400 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14401
14402 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14403
14404 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14405 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14406 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14407
14408 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14409 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14410 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14411 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14412 must be available.
14413
14414 \(fn)" nil nil)
14415
14416 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14417 Create an image.
14418 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14419 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14420 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14421 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14422 use its file extension as image type.
14423 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14424 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14425 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14426 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14427
14428 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14429
14430 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14431 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14432 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14433
14434 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14435
14436 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14437 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14438 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14439 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14440 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14441 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14442 POS may be an integer or marker.
14443 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14444 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14445 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14446 means display it in the right marginal area.
14447
14448 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14449
14450 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14451 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14452 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14453 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14454 defaulted if you omit it.
14455 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14456 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14457 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14458 means display it in the right marginal area.
14459 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14460 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14461 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14462 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14463 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14464
14465 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14466
14467 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14468 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14469 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14470 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14471 defaulted if you omit it.
14472 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14473 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14474 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14475 means display it in the right marginal area.
14476 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14477
14478 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14479
14480 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14481 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14482 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14483 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14484
14485 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14486
14487 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14488 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14489
14490 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14491
14492 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14493 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14494 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14495 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14496 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14497 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14498 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14499 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14500 satisfied.
14501
14502 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14503
14504 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14505
14506 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14507
14508 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14509 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14510
14511 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14512 documentation string.
14513
14514 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14515 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14516 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14517 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14518 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14519 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14520 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14521 define SYMBOL.
14522
14523 Example:
14524
14525 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14526 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14527
14528 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14529
14530 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14531
14532 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14533 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14534 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14535 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14536 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14537 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14538
14539 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14540
14541 \(fn)" nil nil)
14542
14543 ;;;***
14544 \f
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14546 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14547 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14548 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14549 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14550 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14551 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14552 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19931 11784))
14553 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14554
14555 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14556 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14557 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14558 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14559 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14560 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14561
14562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14563
14564 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14565 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14566
14567 Convenience command that:
14568
14569 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14570 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14571 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14572
14573 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14574 image files in dired and type
14575 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14576
14577 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14578
14579 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14580 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14581
14582 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14583
14584 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14585 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14586 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14587 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14588 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14589 another one).
14590
14591 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14592 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14593 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14594
14595 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14596 instead of erasing it first.
14597
14598 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14599 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14600 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14601 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14602 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14603 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14604
14605 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14606
14607 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14608 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14609 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14610 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14611 displayed.
14612
14613 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14614
14615 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14616
14617 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14618
14619 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14620 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14621
14622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14625 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14626 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14627
14628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14631 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14632
14633 \(fn)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14636 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14637 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14638 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14639
14640 \(fn)" t nil)
14641
14642 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14643 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14644
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14648 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14649
14650 \(fn)" t nil)
14651
14652 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14653 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14654
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14658 Display current image file.
14659 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14660 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14661
14662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14663
14664 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14665 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14666
14667 \(fn)" t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14670 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14671 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14672 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14673 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14674 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14675 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14676
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14680 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14681 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14682 easy-to-use form.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 ;;;***
14687 \f
14688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14689 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14690 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14691 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14692
14693 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14694 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14695 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14696 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14697
14698 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14699 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14700 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14701 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14702
14703 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14704
14705 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14706 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14707 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14708 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14709
14710 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14711 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14712 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14713 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14714
14715 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14718 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14719
14720 \(fn)" nil nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14723 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14724 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14725 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14726
14727 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14728
14729 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14730 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14731 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14733 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14734 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14735
14736 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14739 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14740 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14741 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14742
14743 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14744 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14745 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14746
14747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14748
14749 ;;;***
14750 \f
14751 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14752 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19951 19539))
14753 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14754
14755 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14756 Major mode for image files.
14757 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14758 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14759
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14763 Toggle Image minor mode.
14764 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14765 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14766 to display an image file as the actual image.
14767
14768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14771 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14772 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14773 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14774 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14775 to display an image file as the actual image.
14776
14777 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14778 to display an image file as text initially.
14779
14780 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14781 on these modes.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14786
14787
14788 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14789
14790 ;;;***
14791 \f
14792 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14793 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14794 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14795
14796 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14797 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14798
14799 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14800
14801 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14802 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14803 in the buffer.
14804
14805 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14806
14807 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14808 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14809 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14810
14811 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14812
14813 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14814 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14815
14816 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14817 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14818 pattern's structure.
14819
14820 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14821 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14822 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14823 during matching.")
14824 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14825
14826 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14827
14828 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14829 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14830
14831 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14832 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14833 called within a `save-excursion'.
14834
14835 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14836
14837 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14838
14839 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14840 Function for finding the next index position.
14841
14842 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14843 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14844 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14845 file.
14846
14847 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14848 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14849
14850 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14851
14852 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14853 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14854
14855 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14856 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14857 It should return the name for that index item.")
14858
14859 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14860
14861 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14862 Function to compare string with index item.
14863
14864 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14865 non-nil if they match.
14866
14867 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14868 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14869 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14870 arguments match\".")
14871
14872 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14873
14874 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14875 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14876 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14877
14878 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14879 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14880
14881 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14882
14883 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14884
14885 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14886 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14887 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14888 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14889
14890 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14893 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14894
14895 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14900 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14901 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14902 for more information.
14903
14904 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14905
14906 ;;;***
14907 \f
14908 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14909 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14910 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19845 45374))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14912
14913 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14914 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14915
14916 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14917
14918 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14919
14920
14921 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14924
14925
14926 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14929
14930
14931 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14934 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14935
14936 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14937
14938 ;;;***
14939 \f
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14941 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14942 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
14943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14944
14945 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14946 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14947 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14948 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14949 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14950
14951 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14952
14953 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14954 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14955
14956 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14957
14958 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14959 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14960 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14961 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14962 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14963 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14964 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14965 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14966
14967 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14968
14969 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14970 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14971 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14972 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14973 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14974
14975 This variable is only used if the variable
14976 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14977
14978 More precise choices:
14979 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14980 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14981 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14982
14983 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14984
14985 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14986
14987 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14988 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14989
14990 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14991 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14992 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14993 to that buffer.
14994 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14995 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14996 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14998
14999 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15000 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
15001
15002 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15007 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15008 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15009 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15010 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (19967 7755))
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15012
15013 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15014 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15015
15016 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15017 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
15018 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15019
15020 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15021 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15022 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15023 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15024 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15025 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15026 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15027 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15028 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15029 with the top-level Info directory.
15030
15031 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15032 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15033 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15034 appended to the Info buffer name.
15035
15036 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15037 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15038 in all the directories in that path.
15039
15040 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15041
15042 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15043
15044 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15045 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15046
15047 \(fn)" t nil)
15048
15049 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15050 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15051 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15052 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15053
15054 \(fn)" nil nil)
15055
15056 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15057 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15058 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15059 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15060
15061 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15064 Go to the Info directory node.
15065
15066 \(fn)" t nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15069 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15070 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15071 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15072 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15073 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15074
15075 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15076
15077 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15078 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15079 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15080
15081 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15084 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15085 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15086 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15087 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15088
15089 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15092 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15093 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15094 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15095 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15096
15097 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15098 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15099
15100 Selecting other nodes:
15101 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15102 Follow a node reference you click on.
15103 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15104 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15105 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15106 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15107 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15108 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15109 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15110 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15111 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15112 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15113 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15114 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15115 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15116 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15117 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15118 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15119 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15120 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15121 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15122 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15123
15124 Moving within a node:
15125 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15126 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15127 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15128 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15129 move up to the parent node.
15130 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15131 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15132 if there is none.
15133 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15134
15135 Advanced commands:
15136 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15137 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15138 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15139 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15140 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15141 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15142 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15143 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15144 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15145 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15146 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15147 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15148 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15149 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15150 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15151 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15152
15153 \(fn)" t nil)
15154 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15155
15156 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15157 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15158 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15159 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15160 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15161 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15162
15163 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15164 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15165
15166 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15167 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15168 KEY is a string.
15169 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15170 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15171 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15172 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15173
15174 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15177 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15178 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15179
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15183 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15184 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15185
15186 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15189 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15190
15191 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15192
15193 ;;;***
15194 \f
15195 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15196 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15197 ;;;;;; (19936 52203))
15198 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15199
15200 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15201 Throw away all cached data.
15202 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15203 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15204 system.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15208
15209 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15210 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15211 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15212 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15213 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15214 one found at point.
15215
15216 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15217
15218 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15219 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15220
15221 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15222 Display the documentation of a file.
15223 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15224 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15225 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15226 The default file name is the one found at point.
15227
15228 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15229
15230 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15233 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15234
15235 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15236
15237 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15238 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15239
15240 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15241
15242 ;;;***
15243 \f
15244 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15245 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15246 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
15247 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15248
15249 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15250 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15251 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15252 current info file is the default.
15253
15254 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15255 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15256 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15257 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15258 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15259
15260 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15261 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15262 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15263 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15264 mistake in the reference.
15265
15266 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15267 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15268 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15269
15270 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15271 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15272 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15273 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15274
15275 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15276
15277 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15278 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15279 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15280 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15281 checked.
15282
15283 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15284 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15285 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15286 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15287 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15288 should be harmless.
15289
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15293 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15294 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15295 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15296
15297 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15298 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15299 and can take a long time.
15300
15301 \(fn)" t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15304 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15305 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15306
15307 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15308
15309 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15310 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15311
15312 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15313 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15314 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15315 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15316 all builtins).
15317
15318 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15319 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15320 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15321 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15322 the sources handy.
15323
15324 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15325
15326 ;;;***
15327 \f
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15329 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15330 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15331
15332 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15333 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15334
15335 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15336
15337 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15338 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15339
15340 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15341
15342 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15343 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15344 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15345 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15346
15347 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15348 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15349 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15350
15351 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15352 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15353 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15354 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15355
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15359 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15360 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15361
15362 \(fn)" t nil)
15363
15364 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15365 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15366 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15367 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15368 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15369
15370 \(fn)" nil nil)
15371
15372 ;;;***
15373 \f
15374 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15375 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15376 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15378
15379 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15380 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15381
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15385 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15386
15387 \(fn)" t nil)
15388
15389 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15390
15391
15392 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15393
15394 ;;;***
15395 \f
15396 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15397 ;;;;;; 45374))
15398 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15399
15400 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15401 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15402 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15403 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15404 accessed via isearchb.
15405
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15407
15408 ;;;***
15409 \f
15410 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15411 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15412 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15413 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15415
15416 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15417 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15418 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15419 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15420 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15421
15422 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15425 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15426 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15427 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15428 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15429
15430 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15431
15432 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15433 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15434 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15435 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15437
15438 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15439
15440 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15441 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15442 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15443 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15444 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15445
15446 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15447
15448 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15449 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15450 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15451 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15452 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15453
15454 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15455
15456 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15457 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15458 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15459 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15460 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15461
15462 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15463
15464 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15465 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15466 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15467 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15468 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15469
15470 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15471
15472 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15473 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15474 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15475 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15476
15477 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15478
15479 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15480 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15481 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15482 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15483
15484 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15485
15486 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15487 Warn that format is read-only.
15488
15489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15490
15491 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15492 Warn that format is write-only.
15493
15494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15495
15496 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15497 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15498
15499 \(fn)" t nil)
15500
15501 ;;;***
15502 \f
15503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15504 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15506 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15507 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15508 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15509
15510 ;;;***
15511 \f
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15513 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15514 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15515 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15516 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19905 10215))
15517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15518
15519 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15520
15521 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15522 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15523 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15524 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15525 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15526
15527 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15528
15529 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15530
15531 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15532 Key map for ispell menu.")
15533
15534 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15535 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15536 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15537 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15538
15539 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15540
15541 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15542
15543 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15544
15545 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15546
15547 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15548 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15549 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15550 Valid forms include:
15551 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15552 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15553 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15554 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15555
15556 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15557 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15558 First list is used raw.
15559 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15560
15561 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15562 for skipping in latex mode.")
15563
15564 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15565 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15566 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15567 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15568 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15569 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15570 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15571
15572 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15573 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15574 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15575 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15576
15577 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15578 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15579 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15580 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15581 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15582
15583 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15584 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15585
15586 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15587 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15588
15589 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15590 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15591
15592 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15593 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15594
15595 Return values:
15596 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15597 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15598 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15599 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15600 quit spell session exited.
15601
15602 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15603
15604 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15605 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15606 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15607
15608 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15611 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15612
15613 Selections are:
15614
15615 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15616 SPC: Accept word this time.
15617 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15618 `a': Accept word for this session.
15619 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15620 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15621 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15622 `?': Show these commands.
15623 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15624 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15625 the aborted check to be completed later.
15626 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15627 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15628 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15629 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15630 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15631 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15632 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15633
15634 \(fn)" nil nil)
15635
15636 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15637 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15638 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15639
15640 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15641
15642 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15643 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15644 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15645 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15646
15647 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15648
15649 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15650
15651 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15652 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15653 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15654 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15655
15656 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15659 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15660
15661 \(fn)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15664 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15665
15666 \(fn)" t nil)
15667
15668 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15669 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15670
15671 \(fn)" t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15674 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15675 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15676 sequence inside of a word.
15677
15678 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15679
15680 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15683 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15684
15685 \(fn)" t nil)
15686
15687 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15688 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15689 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15690 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15691
15692 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15693 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15694 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15695 available on the net.
15696
15697 \(fn)" t nil)
15698
15699 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15700 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15701 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15702 otherwise turn it off.
15703
15704 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15705 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15706
15707 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15708 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15709
15710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15713 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15714 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15715 Don't check included messages.
15716
15717 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15718 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15719 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15720
15721 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15722 in your .emacs file:
15723 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15724 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15725 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15726 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15727
15728 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15729 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15730 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15731
15732 \(fn)" t nil)
15733
15734 ;;;***
15735 \f
15736 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19946
15737 ;;;;;; 29209))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15739
15740 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15741 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15742 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15745 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15746
15747 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15748
15749 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15750 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15751 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15752 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15753 `iswitchb' for details.
15754
15755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15756
15757 ;;;***
15758 \f
15759 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15760 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15761 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15762 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15764
15765 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15766
15767
15768 \(fn)" nil nil)
15769
15770 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15771 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15772 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15773 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15774 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15775 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15776 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15777 necessary to represent OBJ.
15778
15779 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15780
15781 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15782 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15783 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15784 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15785
15786 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15787
15788 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15789 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15790 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15791 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15792 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15793
15794 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15795
15796 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15797 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15798 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15799 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15800
15801 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15802
15803 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15804 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15805 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15806 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15807
15808 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15809
15810 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15811 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15812
15813 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15814
15815 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15816 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15817 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15818 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15819 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15820
15821 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15822
15823 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15824 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15825 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15826 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15827 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15828
15829 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15830
15831 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15832 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15833 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15834
15835 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15836
15837 ;;;***
15838 \f
15839 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15840 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19886 45771))
15841 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15842
15843 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15844 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15845 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15846 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15847
15848 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15849
15850
15851 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15852
15853 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15854 Uninstall jka-compr.
15855 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15856 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15857 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15858
15859 \(fn)" nil nil)
15860
15861 ;;;***
15862 \f
15863 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19981 40664))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15865
15866 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15867 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15868
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15870
15871 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15872
15873 ;;;***
15874 \f
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15876 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15877 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15879
15880 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15881 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15882 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15883 decimal key must be specified.")
15884
15885 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15886
15887 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15888 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15889 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15890 decimal key must be specified.")
15891
15892 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15893
15894 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15895 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15896 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15897 decimal key must be specified.")
15898
15899 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15900
15901 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15902 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15903 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15904 decimal key must be specified.")
15905
15906 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15907
15908 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15909 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15910 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15911 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15912 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15913 keys are bound.
15914
15915 Setup Binding
15916 -------------------------------------------------------------
15917 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15918 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15919 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15920 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15921 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15922 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15923 in the global and local keymaps.
15924
15925 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15926 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15927
15928 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15933 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15935
15936 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15937 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15938 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15939
15940 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15941 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15942 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15943 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15944 shorter.
15945
15946 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15947 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15948 the context of text formatting.
15949
15950 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15951
15952 ;;;***
15953 \f
15954 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
15955 ;;;;;; 45374))
15956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15957
15958 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15959 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15960 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15961 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15962 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15963 positions that contains the current selection.")
15964
15965 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15966 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15967 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15968 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15969 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15970 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15971 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15972
15973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15974
15975 ;;;***
15976 \f
15977 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15978 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15979 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15980 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19886 45771))
15981 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15982 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15983 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15984 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15985 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15986 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15987 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15988 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15989
15990 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15991 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15992
15993 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15994
15995 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15996 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15997 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15998 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15999 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16000
16001 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16002
16003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16004 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16005 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16006
16007 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16008 defining the macro.
16009
16010 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16011 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16012 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16013
16014 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16015 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16016
16017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16018
16019 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16020 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16021 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16022 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16023 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16024 under that name.
16025
16026 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16027 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16028 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16029
16030 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16031
16032 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16033 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16034 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16035
16036 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16037 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16038 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16039 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16040
16041 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16042 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16043
16044 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16045
16046 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16047 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16048 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16049
16050 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16051 macro.
16052
16053 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16054 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16055
16056 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16057 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16058 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16059
16060 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16061 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16062
16063 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16066 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16067 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16068 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16069
16070 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16071
16072 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16073 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16074 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16075 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16076
16077 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16078 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16079
16080 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16081
16082 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16083 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16084 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16085
16086 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16087
16088 ;;;***
16089 \f
16090 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16091 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
16092 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16093
16094 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16095 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16096 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16097
16098 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16099
16100
16101 \(fn)" nil nil)
16102
16103 ;;;***
16104 \f
16105 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16106 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16108
16109 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16110
16111 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16112 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16113
16114 \(fn)" t nil)
16115
16116 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16117 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16118 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16119 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16120
16121 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16122 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16123 none / 1 | yes | no
16124 2 | yes | yes
16125 3 | no | yes
16126 4 | no | no
16127
16128 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16129 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16130 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16131
16132 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16133
16134 ;;;***
16135 \f
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16137 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16138 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
16139 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16140
16141 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16142
16143
16144 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16145
16146 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16147 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16148 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16149 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16150 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16151 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16152
16153 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16154 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16155
16156 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16159 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16160
16161 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16164
16165
16166 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16169
16170
16171 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16172
16173 ;;;***
16174 \f
16175 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16176 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16177 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16179
16180 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16181 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16182 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16183 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16184
16185 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16186
16187 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16188 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16189 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16190
16191 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16194 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16195 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16196
16197 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16198
16199 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16200 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16201 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16202 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16203
16204 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16205
16206 ;;;***
16207 \f
16208 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16209 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16211
16212 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16213 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16214 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16215 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16216 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16217 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16218 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16219 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16220
16221 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16222 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16223
16224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16225 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16226
16227 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16230 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16231 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16232 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16233 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16234 `latin1-display-setup'.
16235
16236 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16237
16238 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16239 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16240 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16241 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16242
16243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16244 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16245
16246 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16247
16248 ;;;***
16249 \f
16250 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16251 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
16252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16253
16254 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16255 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16256
16257 \(fn)" t nil)
16258
16259 ;;;***
16260 \f
16261 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16262 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16264
16265 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16266 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16267
16268 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16269 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16270
16271 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16272 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16273
16274 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16275 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16276 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16277 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16278 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16279 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16280 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16281 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16282 and transmit saved text.
16283
16284 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16285 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16286 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16287
16288 \(fn)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16291
16292
16293 \(fn)" nil nil)
16294
16295 ;;;***
16296 \f
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16299
16300 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16301 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16302 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16303 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16304 generations (this defaults to 1).
16305
16306 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16307
16308 ;;;***
16309 \f
16310 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16311 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16312 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16313
16314 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16315 Format used to display line numbers.
16316 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16317 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16318 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16319 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16320
16321 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16322
16323 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16324 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16325
16326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16327
16328 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16329 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16330 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16333 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16334
16335 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16336
16337 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16338 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16339 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16340 ARG is positive.
16341 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16342 `linum-on' would do it.
16343 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16344
16345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16346
16347 ;;;***
16348 \f
16349 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19975
16350 ;;;;;; 1875))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16352
16353 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16354 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16355 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16356 is nil, raise an error.
16357
16358 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16359 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16360 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16361 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16362 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16363 defined by the library.
16364
16365 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16366 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16367 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16368 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16369 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16370 proceeds.
16371
16372 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16373 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16374 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16375 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16376
16377 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16378
16379 ;;;***
16380 \f
16381 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16382 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16384
16385 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16386 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16387 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16388
16389 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16390
16391 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16392 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16393 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16394 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16395
16396 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16397 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16398 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16399 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16400 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16401 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16402 the version.)
16403
16404 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16405 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16406
16407 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16408 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16409
16410 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16411 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16412
16413 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16414
16415 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16416 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16417 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16418 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16419 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16420 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16421 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16422 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16423 to constrain a big search.
16424
16425 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16426
16427 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16428 except that FILTER is not optional.
16429
16430 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16431
16432 ;;;***
16433 \f
16434 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19870 57559))
16435 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16436
16437 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16438 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16439 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16440 if MODE is nil.
16441 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16442 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16443 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16444 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16445 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16446
16447 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16448 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16449 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16450 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16451 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16452
16453 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16454 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16455 uses the current buffer.
16456
16457 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16458
16459 ;;;***
16460 \f
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19946
16462 ;;;;;; 1612))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16464
16465 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16466 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16467
16468 \(fn)" t nil)
16469
16470 ;;;***
16471 \f
16472 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19886
16473 ;;;;;; 45771))
16474 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16475
16476 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16477 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16478 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16479 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16480 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16481
16482 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16483 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16484 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16485
16486 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16487 are indicated with a symbol.
16488
16489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16490
16491 ;;;***
16492 \f
16493 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16494 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19909
16495 ;;;;;; 7240))
16496 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16497
16498 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16499
16500 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16501
16502 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16503 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16504 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16505
16506 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16507 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16508
16509 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16510 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16511 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16512 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16513 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16514 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16515 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16516
16517 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16518
16519 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16520 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16521 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16522 switch on this list.
16523 See `lpr-command'.")
16524
16525 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16526
16527 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16528 Name of program for printing a file.
16529
16530 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16531 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16532 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16533 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16534 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16535 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16536 argument.")
16537
16538 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16539
16540 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16541 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16542 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16543 for customization of the printer command.
16544
16545 \(fn)" t nil)
16546
16547 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16548 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16549
16550 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16551 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16552 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16553 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16554
16555 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16556 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16557
16558 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16559 for further customization of the printer command.
16560
16561 \(fn)" t nil)
16562
16563 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16564 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16565 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16566 for customization of the printer command.
16567
16568 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16571 Paginate and print the region contents.
16572
16573 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16574 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16575 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16576 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16577
16578 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16579 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16580
16581 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16582 for further customization of the printer command.
16583
16584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16585
16586 ;;;***
16587 \f
16588 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16589 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16591
16592 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16593 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16594 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16595
16596 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16597
16598 ;;;***
16599 \f
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16601 ;;;;;; 45374))
16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16603
16604 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16605 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16606 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16607 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16608
16609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16610
16611 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16612
16613 ;;;***
16614 \f
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16616 ;;;;;; 45374))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16618
16619 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16620 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16621
16622 \(fn)" t nil)
16623
16624 ;;;***
16625 \f
16626 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16627 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16629
16630 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16631 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16632 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16633 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16634 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16635
16636 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16641 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16643
16644 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16645 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16646 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16647 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16648 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16649
16650 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16651
16652 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16653 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16654 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16655 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16656
16657 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16658 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16659 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16660 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16661 bindings.
16662
16663 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16664 use this command, and then save the file.
16665
16666 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16667
16668 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16669 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16670 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16671 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16672 each time the macro executes.
16673 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16674 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16675 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16676 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16677 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16678 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16679 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16680
16681 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16682
16683 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16684 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16685 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16686 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16687
16688 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16689 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16690 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16691 execute.
16692
16693 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16694 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16695
16696 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16697 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16698 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16699 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16700 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16701
16702 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16703 looked like this:
16704
16705 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16706 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16707 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16708
16709 You could enter the names in this format:
16710
16711 foo
16712 bar
16713 baz
16714
16715 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16716
16717 \\C-x (
16718 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16719 \\C-x )
16720
16721 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16722 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16723
16724 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16725 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16730 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16732
16733 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16734 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16735 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16736 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16737 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16738 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16739
16740 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16741 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16742 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16743 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16744 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16745
16746 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16747 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16748 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16749 consing a string.)
16750
16751 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16752
16753 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16754 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16755
16756 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16757
16758 ;;;***
16759 \f
16760 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16761 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16762 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16764
16765 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16766 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16767
16768 \(fn)" nil nil)
16769
16770 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16771
16772
16773 \(fn)" nil nil)
16774
16775 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16776 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16777
16778 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16779
16780 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16781 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16782 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16783 message.
16784
16785 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16786
16787 \(fn)" nil nil)
16788
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16792 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16793 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16794 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16796
16797 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16798 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16799 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16800 often correct parser.")
16801
16802 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16803
16804 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16805 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16806 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16807 a value which excludes your own email address.
16808
16809 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16810 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16811
16812 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16813
16814 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16815 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16816
16817 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16818
16819 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16820 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16821 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16822 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16823
16824 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16825
16826 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16827 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16828 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16829 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16830
16831 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16832
16833 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16834 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16835 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16836 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16837
16838 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16839
16840 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16841 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16842 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16843 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16844 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16845 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16846 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16847 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16848 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16849 as Rmail does.
16850
16851 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16852
16853 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16854 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16855 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16856 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16857 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16858 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16859 matches may be returned from the message body.
16860
16861 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16866 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19968
16867 ;;;;;; 28627))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16869
16870 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16871 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16872 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16875 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16876
16877 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16878
16879 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16880 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16881
16882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16883
16884 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16885 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16886
16887 \(fn)" nil nil)
16888
16889 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16890 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16891 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16892
16893 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16894
16895 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16896 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16897 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16898
16899 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16900 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16901 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16902 double-quotes.
16903
16904 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16905
16906 ;;;***
16907 \f
16908 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
16909 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
16910 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16912
16913 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16914 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16915 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16916 king@grassland.com
16917 If `parens', they look like:
16918 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16919 If `angles', they look like:
16920 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16921
16922 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16923
16924 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16925 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16926 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16927 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16928 their `Resent-' variants.
16929
16930 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16931 removed from alias expansions.
16932
16933 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16934
16935 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16936 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16937 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16938
16939 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16940 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16941 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16942 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16943
16944 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16945
16946 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
16947 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
16948 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
16949
16950 \(fn)" nil nil)
16951
16952 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16953 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16954 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16955 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
16956
16957 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16958
16959 ;;;***
16960 \f
16961 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16962 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16964
16965 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16966 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16967 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16968 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16969
16970 \(fn)" nil nil)
16971
16972 ;;;***
16973 \f
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16975 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16976 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19968 28627))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16978
16979 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16980 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16981
16982 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16983 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16984 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16985 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16986 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16987 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16988
16989 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16990 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16991 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16992 dependency, despite the colon.
16993
16994 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16995
16996 In the browser, use the following keys:
16997
16998 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16999
17000 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17001
17002 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17003 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17004
17005 `makefile-target-colon':
17006 The string that gets appended to all target names
17007 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17008 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17009
17010 `makefile-macro-assign':
17011 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17012 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17013 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17014 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17015 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17016 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17017
17018 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17019 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17020 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17021
17022 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17023 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17024
17025 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17026 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17027 up or down in the browser.
17028
17029 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17030 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17031
17032 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17033 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17034
17035 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17036 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17037 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17038 has been selected in the browser.
17039
17040 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17041 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17042 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17043 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17044 filenames are omitted.
17045
17046 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17047 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17048 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17049 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17050 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17051 the backslash itself intact.
17052 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17053 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17054
17055 `makefile-browser-hook':
17056 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17057 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17058
17059 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17060 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17061 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17062 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17063
17064 \(fn)" t nil)
17065
17066 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17067 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17068
17069 \(fn)" t nil)
17070
17071 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17072 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17073
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17075
17076 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17077 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17078
17079 \(fn)" t nil)
17080
17081 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17082 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17083
17084 \(fn)" t nil)
17085
17086 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17087 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17088
17089 \(fn)" t nil)
17090
17091 ;;;***
17092 \f
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
17094 ;;;;;; 45771))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17096
17097 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17098 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17099 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17100
17101 \(fn)" t nil)
17102
17103 ;;;***
17104 \f
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17106 ;;;;;; (19870 57559))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17108
17109 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17110
17111 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17112 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17113 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17114 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17115 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17116 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17117 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17118 page, it will display immediately.
17119
17120 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17121 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17122 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17123
17124 cat(1)
17125 1 cat
17126
17127 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17128 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17129 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17130 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17131
17132 -a chmod
17133
17134 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17135 otherwise look like a page name.
17136
17137 /my/file/name.1.gz
17138 -l somefile.1
17139
17140 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17141 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17142 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17143
17144 -k pattern
17145
17146 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17147
17148 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17149 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17150
17151 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17152
17153 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17154 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17155
17156 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17161 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17162
17163 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17164 Toggle Master mode.
17165 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17166 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17167 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17168
17169 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17170 following commands:
17171
17172 \\{master-mode-map}
17173
17174 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17175 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17176 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17177
17178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17179
17180 ;;;***
17181 \f
17182 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17183 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17184 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17185
17186 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17187 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17188 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17191 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17192
17193 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17194
17195 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17196 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17197 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17198 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17199 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17200
17201 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17202 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17203
17204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17205
17206 ;;;***
17207 \f
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17209 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17210 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17211 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17212 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17213 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17214 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19980 19797))
17215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17216
17217 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17218
17219 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17220 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17221 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17222 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17223 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17224 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17225 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17226 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17227 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17228 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17229 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17230 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17231 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17232 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17233 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17234 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17235 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17236 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17237 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17238 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17239 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17240 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17241 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17242 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17243 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17244 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17245 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17246 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17247 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17248 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17249 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17250 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17251 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17252 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17253 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17254 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17255 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17256 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17257
17258 \(fn)" t nil)
17259
17260 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17261 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17262 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17263 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17264 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17265
17266 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17269 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17270
17271 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17274 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17275
17276 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17277
17278 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17279 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17280
17281 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17282
17283 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17284 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17285 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17286
17287 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17288
17289 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17290 Cancel an article you posted.
17291 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17292
17293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17294
17295 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17296 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17297 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17298 header line with the old Message-ID.
17299
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17303 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17304
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17306
17307 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17308 Forward the current message via mail.
17309 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17310 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17311
17312 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17313
17314 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17315
17316
17317 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17320
17321
17322 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17323
17324 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17325 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17326
17327 \(fn)" t nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17330 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17331
17332 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17333
17334 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17335 Re-mail the current message.
17336 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17337 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17338 you.
17339
17340 \(fn)" t nil)
17341
17342 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17343 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17344
17345 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17346
17347 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17348 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17349
17350 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17351
17352 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17353 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17354
17355 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17356
17357 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17358 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17359
17360 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17361
17362 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17363 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17364 Works by overstriking characters.
17365 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17366 which specify the range to operate on.
17367
17368 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17369
17370 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17371 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17372 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17373 which specify the range to operate on.
17374
17375 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17376
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17380 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17382
17383 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17384 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17385
17386 \(fn)" t nil)
17387
17388 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17389 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17390
17391 \(fn)" t nil)
17392
17393 ;;;***
17394 \f
17395 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17396 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17397 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17399
17400 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17401 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17402 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17403
17404 \(fn)" t nil)
17405
17406 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17407 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17408 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17409 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17410 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17411 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17412 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17413
17414 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17415
17416 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17417 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17418 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17419 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17420 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17421 means current).
17422 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17423 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17424
17425 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17428 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17429 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17430 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17431 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17432 means current).
17433 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17434 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17435
17436 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17437
17438 ;;;***
17439 \f
17440 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17441 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17442 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19845 45374))
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17444
17445 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17446 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17447 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17448
17449 \(fn)" t nil)
17450
17451 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17452 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17453 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17454
17455 \(fn)" t nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17458 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17459
17460 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17461 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17462 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17463
17464 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17465 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17466
17467 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17468 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17469
17470 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17471
17472 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17473
17474 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17475 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17476 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17477 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17478 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17479 as `compose-mail'.
17480
17481 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17482 initial Subject field, respectively.
17483
17484 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17485 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17486 are strings.
17487
17488 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17489 RETURN-ACTION are ignored.
17490
17491 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17492
17493 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17494 Save draft and send message.
17495
17496 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17497 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17498 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17499 Mail Delivery*\".
17500
17501 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17502 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17503 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17504
17505 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17506 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17507 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17508 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17509 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17510 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17511
17512 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17513 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17514
17515 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17516 message and scan line.
17517
17518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17521 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17522
17523 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17524 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17525 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17526 delete the draft message.
17527
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17529
17530 ;;;***
17531 \f
17532 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19931 11784))
17533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17534
17535 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17536
17537 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17538
17539 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17540
17541 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17542 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17543
17544 \(fn)" t nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17549 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19845 45374))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17551
17552 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17553 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17554 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17555
17556 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17557 the MH mail system.
17558
17559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17562 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17563 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17564
17565 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17566 the MH mail system.
17567
17568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17569
17570 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17571 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17572
17573 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17574 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17575 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17576 separate command.
17577
17578 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17579 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17580 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17581 format.
17582
17583 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17584
17585 Ranges
17586 ======
17587 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17588 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17589 can be used in several ways.
17590
17591 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17592 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17593 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17594 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17595 page):
17596
17597 <num1>-<num2>
17598 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17599 The range must be nonempty.
17600
17601 <num>:N
17602 <num>:+N
17603 <num>:-N
17604 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17605 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17606 last.
17607
17608 first:N
17609 prev:N
17610 next:N
17611 last:N
17612 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17613
17614 all
17615 All of the messages.
17616
17617 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17618 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17619
17620 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17621 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17622 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17623
17624 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 ;;;***
17629 \f
17630 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17631 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17633
17634 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17635 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17636 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17637 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17638 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17639 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17640 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17641 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17642 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17643 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17644 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17645
17646 \(fn)" t nil)
17647
17648 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17649 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17650 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17651 to its second argument TM.
17652
17653 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17654
17655 ;;;***
17656 \f
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17658 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17660
17661 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17662 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17663 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17665 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17666 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17667
17668 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17669
17670 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17671 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17672 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17673 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17674 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17675 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17676 default indication.
17677
17678 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17679 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17680
17681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17682
17683 ;;;***
17684 \f
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17686 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17687 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17688
17689 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17690 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17691 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17692 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17693 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17694 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17695 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17696 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17697 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17698
17699 \(fn)" t nil)
17700
17701 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17702 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17703 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17704 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17705 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17706 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17707 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17708 The return value is always nil.
17709
17710 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17711
17712 ;;;***
17713 \f
17714 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17715 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17716 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19886 45771))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17718 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17719
17720 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17721 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17722
17723 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17724 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17725 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17726 next occurrence.
17727
17728 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17729 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17730 end of the search space).
17731
17732 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17733 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17734 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17735 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17736 should return the previous buffer to search.
17737
17738 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17739 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17740 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17741
17742 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17743 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17744 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17745 Isearch starts.")
17746
17747 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17748 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17749 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17750
17751 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17752 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17753 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17754
17755 \(fn)" nil nil)
17756
17757 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17758 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17759 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17760 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17761 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17762 whose names match the specified regexp.
17763
17764 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17767 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17768 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17769 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17770 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17771 whose names match the specified regexp.
17772
17773 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17776 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17777 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17778 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17779 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17780 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17781 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17782
17783 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17786 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17787 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17788 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17789 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17790 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17791 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17792
17793 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17794
17795 ;;;***
17796 \f
17797 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17798 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
17799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17800
17801 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17802 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17803
17804 \(fn)" t nil)
17805
17806 ;;;***
17807 \f
17808 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17809 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17811
17812 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17813 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17814
17815 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17818 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17819 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17820 the entire message.
17821 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17822
17823 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17824
17825 ;;;***
17826 \f
17827 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17828 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17830
17831 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17832 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17833 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17834 the entire message.
17835 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17836
17837 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17838
17839 ;;;***
17840 \f
17841 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17842 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17844
17845 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17846 Insert file contents of URL.
17847 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17848
17849 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17850
17851 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17852 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17853
17854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17855
17856 ;;;***
17857 \f
17858 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17859 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17861
17862 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17863 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17864 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17865 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17866 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17867
17868 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17869
17870 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17871 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17872 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17873
17874 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17875
17876 ;;;***
17877 \f
17878 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17879 ;;;;;; (19940 49234))
17880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17881
17882 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17883
17884
17885 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17888
17889
17890 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17891
17892 ;;;***
17893 \f
17894 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17895 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17896 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19981 40664))
17897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17898
17899 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17900
17901
17902 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17905
17906
17907 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17908
17909 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17910
17911
17912 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17913
17914 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17915
17916
17917 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17920
17921
17922 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17923
17924 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17925
17926
17927 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17928
17929 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17930
17931
17932 \(fn)" nil nil)
17933
17934 ;;;***
17935 \f
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
17937 ;;;;;; 45374))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17939
17940 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17941
17942 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17943 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17944 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17945 followed by the first character of the construct.
17946 \\<m2-mode-map>
17947 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17948 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17949 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17950 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17951 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17952 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17953 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17954 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17955 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17956 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17957 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17958 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17959 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17960 \\[m2-link] link
17961
17962 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17963 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17964 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17965
17966 \(fn)" t nil)
17967
17968 ;;;***
17969 \f
17970 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
17971 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
17972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17973
17974 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17975 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17976
17977 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17978
17979 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17980 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17981
17982 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17983
17984 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
17985 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
17986
17987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17988
17989 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
17990 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17991
17992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17993
17994 ;;;***
17995 \f
17996 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17997 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17999
18000 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18001 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18002
18003 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18004 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18005 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18006
18007 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18008 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18009 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18010
18011 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18012 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18013
18014 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18015 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18016 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18017 hemisphere you're in.)
18018
18019 To test this function, evaluate:
18020 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18021
18022 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18023
18024 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18025 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18026
18027 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18028 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18029
18030 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18031 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18032 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18033
18034 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18035 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18036
18037 To test this function, evaluate:
18038 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18039
18040 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18041
18042 ;;;***
18043 \f
18044 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19886
18045 ;;;;;; 45771))
18046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18047
18048 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18049 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18050 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18053 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18054
18055 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18056
18057 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18058 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18059 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18060 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18061
18062 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18063
18064 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18065
18066 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18067
18068 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18069 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18070 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18071 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18072 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18073 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18074
18075 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18076 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18077 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18078 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18079 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18080
18081 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18082 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18083
18084 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18085 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18086
18087 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18088
18089 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18090 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18091 primary selection and region.
18092
18093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18094
18095 ;;;***
18096 \f
18097 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19946 1612))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18099
18100 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18101 Main entry point for MPC.
18102
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18104
18105 ;;;***
18106 \f
18107 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18109
18110 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18111 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18112
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18114
18115 ;;;***
18116 \f
18117 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19931 11784))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18119
18120 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18121 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18122 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18125 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18126
18127 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18128
18129 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18130 Toggle Msb mode.
18131 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18132 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18133 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18134
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136
18137 ;;;***
18138 \f
18139 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18140 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18141 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18142 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18143 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18144 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18146
18147 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18148 Display a list of all character sets.
18149
18150 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18151 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18152 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18153 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18154 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18155
18156 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18157 but still shows the full information.
18158
18159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18160
18161 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18162 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18163 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18164
18165 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18166 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18167 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18168 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18169 meanings of these arguments.
18170
18171 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18172
18173 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18174 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18175
18176 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18177
18178 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18179 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18180
18181 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18182
18183 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18184 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18185
18186 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18187
18188 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18189 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18190
18191 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18192 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18193 in place of `..':
18194 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18195 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18196 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18197 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18198 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18199 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18200 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18201 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18202 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18203 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18204 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18205 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18206 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18207 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18208 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18209 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18210
18211 \(fn)" t nil)
18212
18213 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18214 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18215
18216 \(fn)" t nil)
18217
18218 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18219 Display a list of all coding systems.
18220 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18221
18222 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18223 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18224
18225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18228 Display a list of all coding categories.
18229
18230 \(fn)" nil nil)
18231
18232 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18233 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18234 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18235
18236 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18239 Display information about FONTSET.
18240 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18241
18242 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18243
18244 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18245 Display a list of all fontsets.
18246 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18247 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18248 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18249
18250 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18251
18252 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18253 Display information about all input methods.
18254
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18256
18257 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18258 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18259
18260 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18261 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18262 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18263 system which uses fontsets).
18264
18265 \(fn)" t nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18268 Show log of font listing and opening.
18269 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18270 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18271
18272 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18273
18274 ;;;***
18275 \f
18276 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18277 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18278 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18279 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18280 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18281 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18283
18284 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18285 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18286 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18287
18288 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18289
18290 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18291
18292 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18293 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18294
18295 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18296 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18297
18298 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18299 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18300
18301 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18302
18303 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18304 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18305 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18306 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18307 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18308 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18309 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18310
18311 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18312 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18313 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18314 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18315 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18316 middle of a character in STR.
18317
18318 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18319 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18320
18321 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18322 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18323 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18324 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18325 defaults to \"...\".
18326
18327 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18328
18329 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18330 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18331
18332 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18333 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18334 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18335
18336 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18337 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18338 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18339
18340 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18341 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18342 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18343 are considered.
18344 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18345 longer than KEYSEQ.
18346 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18347
18348 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18349
18350 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18351 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18352 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18353 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18354 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18355 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18356 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18357 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18358 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18359 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18360 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18361
18362 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18363
18364 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18365 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18366
18367 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18368
18369 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18370 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18371
18372 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18373
18374 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18375 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18376
18377 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18378
18379 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18380 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18381
18382 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18383
18384 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18385 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18386 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18387 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18388 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18389
18390 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18391 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18392
18393 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18394 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18395 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18396 coding systems ordered by priority.
18397
18398 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18399
18400 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18401 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18402 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18403 language environment LANG-ENV.
18404
18405 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18408 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18409 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18410 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18411 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18412 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18413
18414 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18415
18416 ;;;***
18417 \f
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18419 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18420 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18421 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18422 ;;;;;; 45374))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18424
18425 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18426 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18427
18428 \(fn)" t nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18431 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18432
18433 \(fn)" t nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18436 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18437
18438 \(fn)" t nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18441 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18442
18443 \(fn)" t nil)
18444
18445 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18446 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18447
18448 \(fn)" t nil)
18449
18450 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18451 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18452
18453 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18454
18455 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18456 Ping HOST.
18457 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18458 `ping-program-options'.
18459
18460 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18461
18462 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18463 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18464
18465 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18466
18467 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18468 Run nslookup program.
18469
18470 \(fn)" t nil)
18471
18472 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18473 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18474
18475 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18476
18477 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18478 Run dig program.
18479
18480 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18481
18482 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18483 Run ftp program.
18484
18485 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18486
18487 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18488 Finger USER on HOST.
18489
18490 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18491
18492 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18493 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18494 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18495 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18496
18497 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18498
18499 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18500
18501
18502 \(fn)" t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18505 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18506
18507 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18508
18509 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18510 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18511
18512 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18513
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18517 ;;;;;; 45374))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18519
18520 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18521 Return a user name/password pair.
18522 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18523 listed in the PORTS list.
18524
18525 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18526
18527 ;;;***
18528 \f
18529 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18530 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18532
18533 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18534 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18535 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18536 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18537 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18538 closes it.
18539
18540 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18541 make it unique.
18542 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18543 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18544 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18545 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18546 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18547 a port number to connect to.
18548
18549 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18550 values:
18551
18552 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18553 nil or `network'
18554 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18555 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18556 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18557 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18558 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18559 an unencrypted connection.
18560 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18561 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18562 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18563 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18564 returned object is a killed process.
18565 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18566 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18567 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18568
18569 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18570 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18571 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18572 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18573 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18574 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18575 or nil if none could be found.
18576 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18577 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18578
18579 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18580
18581 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18582 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18583 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18584
18585 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18586 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18587 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18588
18589 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18590 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18591 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18592 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18593
18594 :always-query-capabilies says whether to query the server for
18595 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18596
18597 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18598 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18599 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18600 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18601 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18602 or STARTTLS connections.
18603
18604 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18605 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18606 functionality.
18607
18608 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18609 asynchronously, if possible.
18610
18611 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18612
18613 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18614
18615 ;;;***
18616 \f
18617 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18618 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18619 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18620 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18621 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18622 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19938 7518))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18624
18625 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18626
18627 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18628
18629 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18630
18631 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18632
18633 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18634 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18635 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18636 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18637 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18638 Major modes should set this variable.")
18639
18640 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18641 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18642 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18643 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18644 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18645 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18646
18647 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18648 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18649
18650 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18651 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18652 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18653
18654 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18655 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18656 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18657 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18658 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18659
18660 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18661 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18662 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18663
18664 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18665 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18666 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18667 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18668
18669 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18670 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18671 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18672 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18673 column indentation or nil.
18674 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18675
18676 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18677 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18678 The function has no args.
18679
18680 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18681 comments always start in column zero.")
18682
18683 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18684 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18685 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18686
18687 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18688
18689 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18690 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18691 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18692 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18693
18694 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18695 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18696
18697 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18698
18699 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18700 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18701 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18702 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18703 customize this variable.
18704
18705 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18706 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18707
18708 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18709
18710 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18711 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18712 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18713 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18714 the variables are properly set.
18715
18716 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18717
18718 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18719 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18720
18721 \(fn)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18724 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18725 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18726
18727 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18730 Set the comment column based on point.
18731 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18732 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18733 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18734 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18735
18736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18739 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18740 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18741
18742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18745 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18746 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18747 comment markers.
18748
18749 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18750
18751 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18752 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18753 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18754 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18755 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18756
18757 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18758 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18759 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18760
18761 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18762 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18763 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18764 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18765 changed with `comment-style'.
18766
18767 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18768
18769 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18770 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18771 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18772 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18773
18774 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18775
18776 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18777 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18778 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18779 is passed on to the respective function.
18780
18781 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18784 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18785 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18786 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18787 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18788 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18789 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18790 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18791 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18792 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18793
18794 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18795
18796 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18797 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18798 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18799
18800 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18801
18802 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18803 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18804 This indents the body of the continued comment
18805 under the previous comment line.
18806
18807 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18808 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18809 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18810
18811 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18812 or comment indentation.
18813
18814 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18815 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18816
18817 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18818
18819 ;;;***
18820 \f
18821 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18822 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
18823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18824
18825 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18826 Check whether newsticker is running.
18827 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18828 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18829
18830 \(fn)" nil nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18833 Start the newsticker.
18834 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18835 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18836 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18837 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18838
18839 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18844 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18846
18847 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18848 Start newsticker plainview.
18849
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18851
18852 ;;;***
18853 \f
18854 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18855 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18856 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18857
18858 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18859 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18860
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18862
18863 ;;;***
18864 \f
18865 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18866 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18868
18869 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18870 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18871 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18872 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18873 empty.
18874
18875 \(fn)" nil nil)
18876
18877 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18878 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18879 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18880 running already.
18881
18882 \(fn)" t nil)
18883
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18887 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18889
18890 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18891 Start newsticker treeview.
18892
18893 \(fn)" t nil)
18894
18895 ;;;***
18896 \f
18897 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18898 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18900
18901 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18902 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18903
18904 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18905
18906 ;;;***
18907 \f
18908 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
18909 ;;;;;; 45374))
18910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18911
18912 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18913 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18914 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18915 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18916 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18917 symbol in the alist.
18918
18919 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18920
18921 ;;;***
18922 \f
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18924 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18926
18927 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18928 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18929 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18930
18931 \(fn)" t nil)
18932
18933 ;;;***
18934 \f
18935 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18936 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18938
18939 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18940 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18941
18942 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18943
18944 ;;;***
18945 \f
18946 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18947 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
18948 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18949
18950 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18951 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18952 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18953
18954 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18955
18956 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18957
18958
18959 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18960
18961 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18962 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18963 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18964 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18965 to future sessions.
18966
18967 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18970 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18971 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18972 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18973 to future sessions.
18974
18975 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18976
18977 ;;;***
18978 \f
18979 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18980 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18982
18983 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18984 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18985 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18986 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18987 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18988 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18989
18990 \(fn)" t nil)
18991
18992 ;;;***
18993 \f
18994 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18995 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18996 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18997
18998 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18999 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19000 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19001 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19002
19003 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19004
19005 ;;;***
19006 \f
19007 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
19008 ;;;;;; 37225))
19009 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19010
19011 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19012 Major mode for editing XML.
19013
19014 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19015 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19016 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19017 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19018 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19019 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19020 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19021
19022 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19023
19024 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19025 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19026
19027 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19028 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19029 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19030 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19031 instead of C-c.
19032
19033 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19034 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19035 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19036 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19037 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19038 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19039
19040 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19041 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19042 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19043
19044 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19045 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19046 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19047
19048 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19049 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19050 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19051 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19052 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19053 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19054 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19055 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19056 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19057
19058 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19059
19060 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19061 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19062
19063 \(fn)" t nil)
19064
19065 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19066
19067 ;;;***
19068 \f
19069 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19070 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19072
19073 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19074 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19075 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19076 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19077
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19079
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19083 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19084 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19085 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19086 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19087 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19088 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
19089 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
19090 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
19091 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19092 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19845 45374))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19094
19095 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19096
19097
19098 \(fn)" nil nil)
19099
19100 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19101
19102
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19104
19105 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19106 Conditionally expand a source block.
19107 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19108 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19109
19110 \(fn)" t nil)
19111
19112 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19113 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19114 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19115 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19116
19117 \(fn)" t nil)
19118
19119 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19120 Conditionally pop to a session.
19121 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19122 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19123
19124 \(fn)" t nil)
19125
19126 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19127 Execute the current source code block.
19128 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19129 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19130 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19131
19132 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
19133 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19134 returned.
19135
19136 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19137 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19138
19139 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19140 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19141 block.
19142
19143 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19144
19145 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19146 Expand the current source code block.
19147 Expand according to the source code block's header
19148 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19149
19150 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19153 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19154 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19155 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19156 session.
19157
19158 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19159
19160 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19161 Initiate session for current code block.
19162 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19163 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19164 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19165
19166 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19167
19168 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19169 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19170 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19171 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19172 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19173
19174 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19175
19176 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19177 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19178
19179 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19180
19181 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19182 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19183 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19184 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19185 results already exist.
19186
19187 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19188
19189 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19190 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19191 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19192 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19193 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19194
19195 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19196 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19197 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19198 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19199 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19200 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19201 switches --------- string holding the switches
19202 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19203 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19204 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19205 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19206 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19207 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19208 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19209 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19210
19211 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19212
19213 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19214
19215 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19216 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19217 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19218 the current buffer.
19219
19220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19221
19222 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19223 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19224 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19225 the current subtree.
19226
19227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19228
19229 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19230 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19231
19232 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19233
19234 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19235 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19236
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19238
19239 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19240 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19241
19242 \(fn)" t nil)
19243
19244 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19245 Go to a named source-code block.
19246
19247 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19248
19249 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19250 Go to a named result.
19251
19252 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19253
19254 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19255 Jump to the next source block.
19256 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19257
19258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19259
19260 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19261 Jump to the previous source block.
19262 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19263
19264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19265
19266 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19267 Mark current src block
19268
19269 \(fn)" t nil)
19270
19271 ;;;***
19272 \f
19273 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19274 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19276
19277 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19278 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19279
19280 \(fn)" t nil)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19285 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19845 45374))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19287
19288 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19289 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19290 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19291
19292 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19293
19294 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19295 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19296 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19297 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19302 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19303
19304 \(fn)" nil nil)
19305
19306 ;;;***
19307 \f
19308 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19309 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19312
19313 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19314 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19315 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19316 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19317 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19318 then the name of the language is used.")
19319
19320 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19321
19322 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19323 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19324 This function exports the source code using
19325 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19326 `load-file'.
19327
19328 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19329
19330 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19331 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19332 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19333 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19334 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19335 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19336
19337 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19338
19339 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19340 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19341 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19342 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19343 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19344 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19345 exported source code blocks by language.
19346
19347 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19348
19349 ;;;***
19350 \f
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19352 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19354
19355 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19356 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19357 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19358
19359 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19360
19361 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19362 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19363
19364 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19365 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19366 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19367
19368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19369
19370 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19371
19372 ;;;***
19373 \f
19374 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19375 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19377
19378 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19379 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19380
19381 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19382 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19383 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19384 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19385
19386 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19387 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19388 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19389 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19390 is why you need this mode!).
19391
19392 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19393 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19394 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19395
19396 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19397
19398 Keybindings
19399 ===========
19400
19401 \\{octave-mode-map}
19402
19403 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19404 ==============================================
19405
19406 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19407 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19408 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19409
19410 `octave-block-offset'
19411 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19412 Default is 2.
19413
19414 `octave-continuation-offset'
19415 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19416 Default is 4.
19417
19418 `octave-continuation-string'
19419 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19420 Default is a backslash.
19421
19422 `octave-send-echo-input'
19423 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19424 command to the inferior Octave process.
19425
19426 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19427 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19428 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19429
19430 `octave-send-echo-input'
19431 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19432
19433 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19434
19435 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19436 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19437
19438 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19439
19440 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19441 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19442
19443 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19444 (lambda ()
19445 (abbrev-mode 1)
19446 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19447
19448 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19449 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19450 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19451 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19452
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19454
19455 ;;;***
19456 \f
19457 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19458 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19459 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19460 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19461 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19462 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19463 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19465
19466 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19467 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19468
19469 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19470
19471 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19472 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19473 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19474
19475 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19476 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19477 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19478 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19479 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19480 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19481 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19482 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19483 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19484 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19485
19486 The following commands are available:
19487
19488 \\{org-mode-map}
19489
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19491
19492 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19493
19494 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19495 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19496 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19497 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19498
19499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19500
19501 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19502 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19503 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19504 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19505 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19506 defined by Org-mode).
19507
19508 M-up Move entry/item up
19509 M-down Move entry/item down
19510 M-left Promote
19511 M-right Demote
19512 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19513 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19514 M-S-left Promote subtree
19515 M-S-right Demote subtree
19516 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19517 C-c ^ Sort entries
19518 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19519 TAB Cycle item visibility
19520 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19521 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19522 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19523
19524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19527 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19528
19529 \(fn)" nil nil)
19530
19531 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19532 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19533
19534 \(fn)" nil nil)
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19537 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19538 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19539 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19540 call CMD.
19541
19542 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19543
19544 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19545 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19546 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19547 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19548
19549 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19550 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19551 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19552
19553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19554
19555 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19556 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19557 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19558
19559 \(fn)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19562 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19563 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19564 Org-mode syntax.
19565
19566 \(fn)" t nil)
19567
19568 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19569 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19570
19571 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19572
19573 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19574 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19575
19576 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19577 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19578 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19579 returned as a list.
19580
19581 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19582 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19583 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19584 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19585 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19586 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19587 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19588 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19589 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19590 position.
19591
19592 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19593 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19594 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19595 visited by the iteration.
19596
19597 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19598
19599 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19600 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19601 file The current buffer, without restriction
19602 file-with-archives
19603 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19604 agenda All agenda files
19605 agenda-with-archives
19606 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19607 \(file1 file2 ...)
19608 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19609
19610 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19611 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19612
19613 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19614 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19615 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19616 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19617 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19618 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19619 function leaves it.
19620
19621 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19622 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19623 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19624 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19625 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19626 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19627 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19628 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19629
19630 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19631
19632 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19633 Switch between Org buffers.
19634 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19635 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19636
19637 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19638 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19639
19640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19641
19642 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19643
19644 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19645
19646 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19647 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19648 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19649 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19650
19651 \(fn)" t nil)
19652
19653 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19654 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19655
19656 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19657
19658 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19659 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19660 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19661
19662 \(fn)" t nil)
19663
19664 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19665
19666
19667 \(fn)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19670 Reload all org lisp files.
19671 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19672
19673 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19674
19675 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19676 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19677
19678 \(fn)" t nil)
19679
19680 ;;;***
19681 \f
19682 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19683 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19684 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19685 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19686 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19914 25180))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19688
19689 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19690 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19691 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19692 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19693
19694 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19695 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19696 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19697 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19698 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19699 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19700 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19701 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19702 e Export views to associated files.
19703 s Search entries for keywords.
19704 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19705 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19706 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19707 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19708 > Remove a previous restriction.
19709 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19710 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19711 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19712
19713 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19714 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19715 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19716
19717 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19718 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19719 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19720 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19721 \(if active).
19722
19723 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19724
19725 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19726 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19727 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19728 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19729 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19730 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19731 before running the agenda command.
19732
19733 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19734
19735 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19736 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19737 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19738 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19739 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19740 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19741 before running the agenda command.
19742
19743 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19744 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19745
19746 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19747
19748 category The category of the item
19749 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19750 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19751 todo selected in TODO match
19752 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19753 diary imported from diary
19754 deadline a deadline on given date
19755 scheduled scheduled on given date
19756 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19757 closed entry was closed on given date
19758 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19759 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19760 block entry has date block including g. date
19761 todo The todo keyword, if any
19762 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19763 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19764 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19765 extra Sting with extra planning info
19766 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19767 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19768 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19769
19770 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19771
19772 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19773
19774
19775 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19776
19777 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19778 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19779
19780 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19781
19782 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19783 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19784 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19785 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19786
19787 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19788 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19789 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19790 agenda instead.
19791
19792 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19793 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19794 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19795
19796 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19797 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19798
19799 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19800
19801 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19802 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19803
19804 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19805 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19806 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19807 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19808 EDIT-AT.
19809
19810 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19811 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19812 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19813 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19814 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19815 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19816
19817 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19818 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19819 including newlines.
19820
19821 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19822 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19823 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19824 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19825 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19826 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19827 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19828
19829 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19830 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19831 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19832 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19833
19834 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19835 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19836 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19837 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19838 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19839 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19840 Boolean search must match as full words.
19841
19842 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19843 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19844
19845 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19846
19847 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19848 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19849 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19850 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19851 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19852 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19853
19854 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19857 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19858 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19859
19860 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19863 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19864 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19865 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19866 `org-stuck-projects'.
19867
19868 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19869
19870 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19871 Return diary information from org-files.
19872 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19873 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19874 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19875 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19876 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19877
19878 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19879
19880 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19881
19882 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19883 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19884
19885 &%%(org-diary)
19886
19887 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19888 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19889 So the example above may also be written as
19890
19891 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19892
19893 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19894 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19895 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19896
19897 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19900 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19901
19902 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19905 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19906 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19907
19908 \(fn)" t nil)
19909
19910 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19911 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19912 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19913 appointments.
19914
19915 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19916 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19917
19918 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19919 for filtering entries out.
19920
19921 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19922 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19923
19924 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19925 (category \"Work\"))
19926
19927 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19928 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19929
19930 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19931
19932 ;;;***
19933 \f
19934 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19935 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19936 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19937 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19938
19939 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19940 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19941 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19942
19943 \(fn)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19946 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19947 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19948
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19950
19951 ;;;***
19952 \f
19953 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19954 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19955 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19956 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19931
19957 ;;;;;; 11784))
19958 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19959
19960 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19961 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19962
19963 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19964
19965 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19966 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19967
19968 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19969
19970 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19971 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19972
19973 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19976 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19977
19978 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19981 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19982 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19983
19984 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19987 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19988 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19989 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19990 command to convert it.
19991
19992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19993
19994 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19995 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19996 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19997 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19998 cut-and-paste operations.
19999 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20000 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20001 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20002 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20003
20004 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20005
20006 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20007 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20008
20009 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20012 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20013 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20014 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20015 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20016 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20017 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20018 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20019 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20020 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20021 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20022 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20023 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20024 publishing directory.
20025
20026 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20027
20028 ;;;***
20029 \f
20030 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19931
20031 ;;;;;; 11784))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20035 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20036 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20037
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20039
20040 ;;;***
20041 \f
20042 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20043 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20044 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20045
20046 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20047 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20048
20049 \(fn)" nil nil)
20050
20051 ;;;***
20052 \f
20053 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20054 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19845 45374))
20055 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20056
20057 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20058 Capture something.
20059 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20060 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20061 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20062 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20063 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20064 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20065
20066 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20067 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20068 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20069 stored.
20070
20071 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20072
20073 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20074 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20075 bypassed.
20076
20077 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20078
20079 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20080
20081
20082 \(fn)" nil nil)
20083
20084 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20085 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20086
20087 \(fn)" t nil)
20088
20089 ;;;***
20090 \f
20091 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20092 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19845 45374))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20094
20095 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20096 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20097 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20098 fontified, and then returned.
20099
20100 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20103 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20104
20105 \(fn)" nil nil)
20106
20107 ;;;***
20108 \f
20109 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20110 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19845 45374))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20114 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20115 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20116 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20117 tree can be found.
20118
20119 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20120
20121 ;;;***
20122 \f
20123 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20124 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20125 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20126 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19845 45374))
20127 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20128
20129 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20130 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20131 This function can be used in batch processing.
20132
20133 For example:
20134
20135 $ emacs --batch
20136 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20137 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20138
20139 \(fn)" nil nil)
20140
20141 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20142 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20143 No file is created.
20144
20145 \(fn)" t nil)
20146
20147 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20148 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20149 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20150 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20151 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20152 then use this command to convert it.
20153
20154 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20155
20156 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20157 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20158 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20159 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20160 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20161 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20162 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20163 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20164 could call this function in the following way:
20165
20166 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20167
20168 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20169 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20170
20171 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20172
20173 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20174 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20175
20176 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20177
20178 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20179 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20180
20181 \(fn)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20184 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20185 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20186 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20187 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20188 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20189 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20190 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20191 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20192 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20193 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20194 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20195 publishing directory.
20196
20197 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20198
20199 ;;;***
20200 \f
20201 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20202 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20203 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20205
20206 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20207 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20208 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20209 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20210 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20211
20212 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20213 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20214 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20215
20216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20217
20218 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20219 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20220 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20221 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20222 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20223 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20224 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20225 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20226 command.
20227
20228 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20231 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20232 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20233 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20234 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20235
20236 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20237 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20238 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20239 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20240
20241 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20242 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20243 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20244
20245 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20246 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20247 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20248 directory.
20249
20250 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20251
20252 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20253 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20254
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20256
20257 ;;;***
20258 \f
20259 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20260 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19845
20261 ;;;;;; 45374))
20262 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20263
20264 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20265 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20266
20267 \(fn)" t nil)
20268
20269 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20270 Get inbox items from FEED.
20271 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20272 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20273
20274 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20275
20276 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20277 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20278
20279 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20280
20281 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20282 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20283
20284 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20285
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20289 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19845 45374))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20291
20292 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20293 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20294 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20295 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
20296 create a new footnote, interactively.
20297 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20298
20299 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20300
20301 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20302 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20303 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20304 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20305 Org-mode exporters.
20306 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20307 referenced sequence.
20308
20309 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20310
20311 ;;;***
20312 \f
20313 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20314 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20315 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20316 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19845 45374))
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20318
20319 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20320 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20321 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20322 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20323 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20324 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20325 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20326 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20327 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20328 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20329 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20330 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20331 directory.
20332
20333 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20334
20335 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20336
20337 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20338 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20339
20340 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20341
20342 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20343 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20344 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20345
20346 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20349 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20350 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20351 have them in `org-mode'.
20352
20353 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20354 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20355 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20356 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20357 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20358 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20359
20360 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20363 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20364
20365 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20368 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20369
20370 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20371
20372 ;;;***
20373 \f
20374 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20375 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20376 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20377 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19931 11784))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20379
20380 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20381
20382 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20383
20384 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20385
20386 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20387 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20388 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20389 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20390 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20391
20392 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20395 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20396 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20397 emacs --batch
20398 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20399 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20400 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20401
20402 \(fn)" nil nil)
20403
20404 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20405 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20406 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20407
20408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20411 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20412 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20413 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20414 command to convert it.
20415
20416 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20419 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20420 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20421 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20422 cut-and-paste operations.
20423 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20424 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20425 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20426 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20427
20428 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20429
20430 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20431 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20432
20433 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20436 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20437 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20438 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20439 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20440 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20441 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20442 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20443 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20444 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20445 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20446 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20447 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20448 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20449 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20450
20451 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20452
20453 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20454 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20455 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20456 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20457 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20458 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20459 need into your CSS file.
20460
20461 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20462 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20463 that uses these same face definitions.
20464
20465 \(fn)" t nil)
20466
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20470 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20471 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20475 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20476 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20477 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20478
20479 \(fn)" t nil)
20480
20481 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20482 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20483 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20484 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20485
20486 \(fn)" t nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20489 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20490 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20491
20492 \(fn)" t nil)
20493
20494 ;;;***
20495 \f
20496 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20497 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20498 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20499 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20501
20502 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20503 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20504 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20505 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20506
20507 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20508
20509 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20510 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20511 Create an ID if necessary.
20512
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20516 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20517 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20518 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20519 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20520 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20521 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20522
20523 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20526 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20527 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20528 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20529 eligible.
20530 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20531
20532 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20533
20534 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20535 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20536 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20537 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20538
20539 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20540
20541 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20542 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20543 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20544
20545 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20546
20547 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20548 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20549 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20550 if there is no entry with that ID.
20551 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20552
20553 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20554
20555 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20556 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20557
20558 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20561 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20562
20563 \(fn)" t nil)
20564
20565 ;;;***
20566 \f
20567 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20568 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20570
20571 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20572 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20573
20574 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20575 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20576 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20577
20578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20579
20580 ;;;***
20581 \f
20582 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20583 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20585
20586 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20587 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20588
20589 \(fn)" nil nil)
20590
20591 ;;;***
20592 \f
20593 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20594 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20595 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20596 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20597 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20598
20599 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20600 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20601 For example:
20602
20603 emacs --batch
20604 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20605 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20606 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20607
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20609
20610 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20611 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20612 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20613
20614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20617 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20618 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20619 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20620 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20621 then use this command to convert it.
20622
20623 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20624
20625 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20626 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20627 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20628 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20629 cut-and-paste operations.
20630 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20631 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20632 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20633 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20634
20635 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20636
20637 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20638 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20639
20640 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20641
20642 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20643 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20644 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20645 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20646 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20647 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20648 convert them as description lists.
20649 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20650 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20651 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20652 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20653 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20654 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20655 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20656 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20657 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20658 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20659 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20660
20661 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20662
20663 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20664 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20665
20666 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20667
20668 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20669 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20670
20671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20672
20673 ;;;***
20674 \f
20675 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20676 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19845
20677 ;;;;;; 45374))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20679
20680 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20681 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20682 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20683 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20684
20685 \(fn)" t nil)
20686
20687 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20688 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20689 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20690 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20691
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20693
20694 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20695 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20696
20697 \(fn)" t nil)
20698
20699 ;;;***
20700 \f
20701 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20702 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20703 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20704
20705 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20706 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20707 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20708 line directly before or after the table.
20709
20710 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20711
20712 ;;;***
20713 \f
20714 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20715 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20716 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20717 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20718
20719 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20720
20721 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20722 Publish PROJECT.
20723
20724 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20725
20726 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20727 Publish all projects.
20728 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20729 directory and force publishing all files.
20730
20731 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20734 Publish the current file.
20735 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20736
20737 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20738
20739 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20740 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20741 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20742 the project.
20743
20744 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20745
20746 ;;;***
20747 \f
20748 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20749 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20750 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19845 45374))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20752
20753 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20754 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20755
20756 \(fn)" nil nil)
20757
20758 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20759 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20760 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20761 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20762 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20763
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20765
20766 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20767 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20768 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20769 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20770
20771 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20772
20773 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20774 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20775 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20776 of the remember buffer.
20777
20778 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20779 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20780 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20781 note stored by remember.
20782
20783 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20784 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20785
20786 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20787
20788 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20789 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20790 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20791 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20792 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20793 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20794 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20795 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20796 process is used to select the target location.
20797
20798 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20799 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20800
20801 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20802 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20803 currently running.
20804
20805 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20806 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20807 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20808 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20809
20810 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20811 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20812 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20813 some additional data.
20814
20815 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20816 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20817 \(i.e. after the stars).
20818
20819 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20820
20821 \(fn)" nil nil)
20822
20823 ;;;***
20824 \f
20825 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20826 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19914 25180))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20828
20829 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20830 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20831
20832 \(fn)" nil nil)
20833
20834 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20835 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20836
20837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20838
20839 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20840 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20841 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20842 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20843 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20844
20845 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20846
20847 ;;;***
20848 \f
20849 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20850 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19845 45374))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20852
20853 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20854 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20855 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20856 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20857 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20858 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20859 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20860 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20861 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20862 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20863 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20864 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20865
20866 \(fn)" t nil)
20867
20868 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20869 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20870 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20871
20872 \(fn)" t nil)
20873
20874 ;;;***
20875 \f
20876 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20877 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20878 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20880
20881 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20882 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20883 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20884 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20885 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20886 without user interaction.
20887 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20888 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20889 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20890 the region 0:00:00.
20891
20892 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20893
20894 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20895 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20896 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20897 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20898 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20899 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20900 that was not started at the correct moment.
20901
20902 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20903 it in the buffer.
20904
20905 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20906
20907 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20908 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20909
20910 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20913 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20914
20915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20918 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20919
20920 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20921 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20922 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20923
20924 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20925 the duration of the timer.
20926
20927 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20928 without prompting the user for a duration.
20929
20930 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20931 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20932 replace any running timer.
20933
20934 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20935
20936 ;;;***
20937 \f
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20939 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20941
20942 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20943 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20944 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20945
20946 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20947
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20951 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20953 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20954 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20955
20956 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20957 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20958 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20959 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20960
20961 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20962 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20963 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20964 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20965
20966 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20967 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20968 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20969 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20970 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20971 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20972
20973 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20974 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20975 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20976
20977 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20978 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20979 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20980 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20981 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20982 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20983 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20984 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20985 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20986 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20987 The subheadings remain visible.
20988 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20989
20990 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20991 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20992 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20993
20994 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20995 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20996
20997 \(fn)" t nil)
20998
20999 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21000 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21001 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
21002 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21003
21004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21005 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21006
21007 ;;;***
21008 \f
21009 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21010 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
21011 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21012 ;;;;;; (19893 19022))
21013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21014
21015 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21016 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21017 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21018 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21019 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21020
21021 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21022 activate the package system at any time.")
21023
21024 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21025
21026 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21027 Install the package named NAME.
21028 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
21029 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
21030
21031 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21032
21033 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21034 Install a package from the current buffer.
21035 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21036 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21037 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21038
21039 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21040 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21041 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21042
21043 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21046 Install a package from a file.
21047 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21048
21049 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21052 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21053 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21054 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21055
21056 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21059 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21060
21061 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21062
21063 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21064 Display a list of packages.
21065 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21066 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21067 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21068
21069 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21070
21071 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21072
21073 ;;;***
21074 \f
21075 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19845 45374))
21076 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21077
21078 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21079 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21080 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21083 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21084
21085 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21088 Toggle Show Paren mode.
21089 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
21090 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
21091
21092 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
21093 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21094
21095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21096
21097 ;;;***
21098 \f
21099 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21100 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21102 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21103
21104 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21105 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21106 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21107 unknown are returned as nil.
21108
21109 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21110
21111 ;;;***
21112 \f
21113 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19968
21114 ;;;;;; 28627))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21116
21117 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21118 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21119 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21120
21121 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21122 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21123
21124 Other useful functions are:
21125
21126 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21127 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21128 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21129 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21130 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21131 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21132 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21133 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21134 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21135
21136 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21137
21138 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21139 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21140 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21141 Indentation for case statements.
21142 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21143 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21144 mark after an end.
21145 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21146 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21147 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21148 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21149 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21150 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21151 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21152 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21153 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21154 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21155
21156 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21157 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21158
21159 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21160 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21161
21162 \(fn)" t nil)
21163
21164 ;;;***
21165 \f
21166 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21167 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (19845 45374))
21168 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21169
21170 (defvar password-cache t "\
21171 Whether to cache passwords.")
21172
21173 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21174
21175 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21176 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21177 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21178
21179 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21180
21181 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21182 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21183
21184 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21185
21186 ;;;***
21187 \f
21188 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21189 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21191
21192 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21193 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21194 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21195
21196 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21197 _ matches anything.
21198 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21199 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21200 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21201 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21202 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21203 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21204 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21205 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21206 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21207
21208 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21209 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21210 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21211 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21212 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21213 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21214
21215 PRED can take the form
21216 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21217 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21218 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21219 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21220 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21221 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21222 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21223
21224 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21225
21226 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21227
21228 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21229 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21230 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21231 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21232
21233 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21234
21235 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21236
21237 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21238 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21239 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21240 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21241
21242 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21243
21244 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21245
21246 ;;;***
21247 \f
21248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19845
21249 ;;;;;; 45374))
21250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21251
21252 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21253 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21254
21255 \(fn)" nil nil)
21256
21257 ;;;***
21258 \f
21259 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21260 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19845 45374))
21261 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21262
21263 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21264 Completion for `gzip'.
21265
21266 \(fn)" nil nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21269 Completion for `bzip2'.
21270
21271 \(fn)" nil nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21274 Completion for GNU `make'.
21275
21276 \(fn)" nil nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21279 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21280
21281 \(fn)" nil nil)
21282
21283 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21284
21285 ;;;***
21286 \f
21287 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21288 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19845 45374))
21289 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21290
21291 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21292 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21293
21294 \(fn)" nil nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21297 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21298
21299 \(fn)" nil nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21302 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21303
21304 \(fn)" nil nil)
21305
21306 ;;;***
21307 \f
21308 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19961
21309 ;;;;;; 55377))
21310 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21311
21312 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21313 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21314
21315 \(fn)" nil nil)
21316
21317 ;;;***
21318 \f
21319 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21320 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21321 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21322 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21323
21324 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21325 Completion for `cd'.
21326
21327 \(fn)" nil nil)
21328
21329 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21332 Completion for `rmdir'.
21333
21334 \(fn)" nil nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21337 Completion for `rm'.
21338
21339 \(fn)" nil nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21342 Completion for `xargs'.
21343
21344 \(fn)" nil nil)
21345
21346 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21347
21348 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21349 Completion for `which'.
21350
21351 \(fn)" nil nil)
21352
21353 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21354 Completion for the `chown' command.
21355
21356 \(fn)" nil nil)
21357
21358 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21359 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21360
21361 \(fn)" nil nil)
21362
21363 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21364 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21365
21366 \(fn)" nil nil)
21367
21368 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21369 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21370 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21371
21372 \(fn)" nil nil)
21373
21374 ;;;***
21375 \f
21376 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21377 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21378 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19964
21379 ;;;;;; 31562))
21380 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21381
21382 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21383 Support extensible programmable completion.
21384 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21385 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21386
21387 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21390 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21391
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21395 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21396 This will modify the current buffer.
21397
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21399
21400 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21401 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21402
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21404
21405 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21406 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21407 This will modify the current buffer.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21412 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21417 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21422 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21423 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21424 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21425 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21426
21427 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21430 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21431
21432 \(fn)" nil nil)
21433
21434 ;;;***
21435 \f
21436 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21437 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21438 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21439 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21440
21441 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21442 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21443 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21444 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21445
21446 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21447
21448 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21449
21450 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21451 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21452 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21453 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21454 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21455 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21456 FLAGS is ignored.
21457
21458 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21461 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21462 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21463 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21464 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21465 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21466 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21467 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21468
21469 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21472 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21473 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21474 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21475 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21476 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21477 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21478 passed to cvs.
21479
21480 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21483 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21484 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21485 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21486 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21487 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21488 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21489
21490 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21491
21492 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21493 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21494 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21495
21496 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21497
21498 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21499 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21500 A value of nil means never do it.
21501 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21502 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21503 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21504
21505 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21506
21507 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21508 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21509 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21510
21511 ;;;***
21512 \f
21513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19845 45374))
21514 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21515
21516 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21517
21518 ;;;***
21519 \f
21520 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21521 ;;;;;; (19911 48973))
21522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21523 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21524 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21525 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21526 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21527 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21528 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21529
21530 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21531 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21532 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21533 Tab indents for Perl code.
21534 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21535 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21537 \\{perl-mode-map}
21538 Variables controlling indentation style:
21539 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21540 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21541 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21542 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21543 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21544 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21545 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21546 `perl-nochange'
21547 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21548 `perl-indent-level'
21549 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21550 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21551 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21552 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21553 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21554 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21555 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21556 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21557 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21558 `perl-brace-offset'
21559 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21560 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21561 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21562 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21563 `perl-label-offset'
21564 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21565 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21566 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21567
21568 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21569 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21570 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21571 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21572 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21573 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21574 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21575
21576 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21577
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21579
21580 ;;;***
21581 \f
21582 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21583 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21585
21586 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21587 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21588 \\<picture-mode-map>
21589 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21590 afterwards settable by these commands:
21591
21592 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21593 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21594 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21595 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21596
21597 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21598 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21599 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21600 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21601
21602 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21603 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21604 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21605 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21606
21607 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21608 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21609 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21610 with these commands:
21611
21612 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21613 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21614 Move to column following last
21615 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21616 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21617 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21618 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21619 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21620 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21621
21622 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21623
21624 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21625 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21626 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21627 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21628 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21629 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21630
21631 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21632 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21633 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21634 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21635 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21636 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21637 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21638
21639 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21640 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21641 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21642 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21643 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21644 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21645 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21646 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21647
21648 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21649 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21650 by supplying an argument.
21651
21652 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21653
21654 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21655 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21656
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21658
21659 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21660
21661 ;;;***
21662 \f
21663 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (19981
21664 ;;;;;; 40664))
21665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21666
21667 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21668 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21669
21670 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21671
21672 ;;;***
21673 \f
21674 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21675 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21677
21678 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21679 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21680 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21681
21682 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21683
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21688
21689 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21690 Play pong and waste time.
21691 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21692 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21693
21694 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21695
21696 \\{pong-mode-map}
21697
21698 \(fn)" t nil)
21699
21700 ;;;***
21701 \f
21702 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19940 49234))
21703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21704
21705 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21706 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21707 Use streaming commands.
21708
21709 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21710
21711 ;;;***
21712 \f
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21714 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21715 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21717
21718 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21719 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21720 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21721 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21722
21723 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21726 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21727
21728 \(fn)" nil nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21731 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21732 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21733 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21734 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21735
21736 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21737
21738 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21739 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21740 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21741
21742 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21743
21744 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21745 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21746
21747 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21748
21749 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21750 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21751 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21752 Ignores leading comment characters.
21753
21754 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21757 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21758 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21759 Ignores leading comment characters.
21760
21761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21762
21763 ;;;***
21764 \f
21765 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21766 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21767 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21768 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21769 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21770 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21771 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21772 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21773 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21774 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21775 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21776 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21777 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21778 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21779 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21780 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21781 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21782 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21783 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21784 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21785
21786 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21787 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21788
21789 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21790
21791 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21792
21793 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21796 Preview directory using ghostview.
21797
21798 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21799 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21800 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21801 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21802
21803 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21804 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21805 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21806 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21807 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21808 file name.
21809
21810 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21811
21812 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21813
21814 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21815 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21816
21817 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21818 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21819 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21820 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21821
21822 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21823 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21824 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21825 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21826 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21827 file name.
21828
21829 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21830
21831 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21834 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21835
21836 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21837 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21838 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21839 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21840
21841 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21842 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21843 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21844 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21845 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21846 file name.
21847
21848 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21849
21850 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21853 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21854
21855 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21856
21857 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21858 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21859 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21860 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21861
21862 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21863 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21864 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21865 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21866 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21867 file name.
21868
21869 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21870
21871 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21874 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21875
21876 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21877 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21878 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21879
21880 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21881 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21882 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21883 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21884
21885 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21886
21887 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21888 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21889
21890 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21891 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21892 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21893
21894 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21895 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21896 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21897 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21898
21899 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21902 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21903
21904 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21905 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21906 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21907
21908 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21909 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21910 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21911 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21912
21913 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21914
21915 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21916 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21917
21918 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21919
21920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21921 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21922 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21923
21924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21925 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21926 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21927 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21928
21929 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21930
21931 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21932 Preview region using ghostview.
21933
21934 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21935
21936 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21937
21938 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21939 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21940
21941 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21942
21943 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21944
21945 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21946 Print region using PostScript printer.
21947
21948 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21949
21950 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21951
21952 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21953 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21954
21955 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21956
21957 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21958
21959 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21960 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21961
21962 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21963
21964 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21965
21966 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21967 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21968
21969 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21970
21971 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21972
21973 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21974 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21975
21976 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21977
21978 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21979
21980 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21981 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21982
21983 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21984
21985 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21986
21987 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21988 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21989 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21990 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21991
21992 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21993 matching.
21994
21995 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21996 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21997
21998 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21999
22000 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22001
22002 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22003 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22004 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22005 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22006
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22008
22009 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22010 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22011 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22012 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22013
22014 \(fn)" t nil)
22015
22016 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22017 Print directory using text printer.
22018
22019 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22020 matching.
22021
22022 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22023 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22024
22025 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22026
22027 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22028
22029 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22030 Print buffer using text printer.
22031
22032 \(fn)" t nil)
22033
22034 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22035 Print region using text printer.
22036
22037 \(fn)" t nil)
22038
22039 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22040 Print major mode using text printer.
22041
22042 \(fn)" t nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22045 Preview spooled PostScript.
22046
22047 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22048 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22049 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22050
22051 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22052 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22053 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22054
22055 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22056
22057 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22058 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22059
22060 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22061 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22062 instead of sending it to the printer.
22063
22064 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22065 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22066 image in a file with that name.
22067
22068 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22069
22070 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22071 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22072
22073 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22074 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22075 instead of sending it to the printer.
22076
22077 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22078 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22079 image in a file with that name.
22080
22081 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22082
22083 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22084 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22085
22086 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22087 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22088 instead of sending it to the printer.
22089
22090 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22091 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22092 image in a file with that name.
22093
22094 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22097 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22098
22099 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22100
22101 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22102 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22103
22104 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22105
22106 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22107 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22108
22109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22112 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22113
22114 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22115
22116 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22117 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22118
22119 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22120
22121 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22122 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22123
22124 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22125 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22126 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22127 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22128
22129 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22130 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22131 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22132 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22133 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22134 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22135 file name.
22136
22137 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22138
22139 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22140 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22141
22142 \(fn)" t nil)
22143
22144 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22145 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22146
22147 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22148 right.
22149 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22150 bottom.
22151
22152 \(fn)" t nil)
22153
22154 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22155 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22156
22157 \(fn)" t nil)
22158
22159 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22160 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22161
22162 \(fn)" t nil)
22163
22164 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22165 Toggle printing with faces.
22166
22167 \(fn)" t nil)
22168
22169 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22170 Toggle spooling.
22171
22172 \(fn)" t nil)
22173
22174 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22175 Toggle duplex.
22176
22177 \(fn)" t nil)
22178
22179 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22180 Toggle tumble.
22181
22182 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22183 right.
22184 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22185 bottom.
22186
22187 \(fn)" t nil)
22188
22189 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22190 Toggle landscape.
22191
22192 \(fn)" t nil)
22193
22194 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22195 Toggle upside-down.
22196
22197 \(fn)" t nil)
22198
22199 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22200 Toggle line number.
22201
22202 \(fn)" t nil)
22203
22204 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22205 Toggle zebra stripes.
22206
22207 \(fn)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22210 Toggle printing header.
22211
22212 \(fn)" t nil)
22213
22214 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22215 Toggle printing header frame.
22216
22217 \(fn)" t nil)
22218
22219 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22220 Toggle menu lock.
22221
22222 \(fn)" t nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22225 Toggle auto region.
22226
22227 \(fn)" t nil)
22228
22229 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22230 Toggle auto mode.
22231
22232 \(fn)" t nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22235 Customization of the `printing' group.
22236
22237 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22238
22239 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22240 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22241
22242 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22243
22244 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22245 Help for the printing package.
22246
22247 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22250 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22251
22252 \(fn)" t nil)
22253
22254 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22255 Interactively select a text printer.
22256
22257 \(fn)" t nil)
22258
22259 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22260 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22261
22262 \(fn)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22265 Show current ps-print settings.
22266
22267 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22268
22269 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22270 Show current printing settings.
22271
22272 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22275 Show current lpr settings.
22276
22277 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22278
22279 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22280 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22281
22282 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22283 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22284 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22285 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22286
22287
22288 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22289
22290 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22291 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22292 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22293
22294 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22295 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22296 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22297 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22298 current active printer.
22299
22300 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22301 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22302 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22303 printer.
22304
22305 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22306 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22307 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22308 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22309 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22310
22311
22312 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22313 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22314
22315 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22316
22317 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22318 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22319 be done using the new current active printer.
22320
22321 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22322 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22323 printer.
22324
22325 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22326 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22327 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22328 instead of sending it to the printer.
22329
22330 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22331 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22332 printer.
22333
22334 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22335
22336
22337 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22338 are both set to t.
22339
22340 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22341
22342 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22343 Fast fire function for text printing.
22344
22345 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22346 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22347 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22348 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22349
22350 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22351 user for a new active text printer.
22352
22353 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22354
22355 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22356
22357 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22358 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22359 printer.
22360
22361 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22362
22363 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22364 are both set to t.
22365
22366 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22367
22368 ;;;***
22369 \f
22370 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19975 1875))
22371 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22372
22373 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22374 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22375 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22376 information will be displayed but not selected.
22377 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22378
22379 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22380
22381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22382
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19890 42850))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22388
22389 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22390 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22391
22392 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22393 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22394
22395 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22396
22397 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22398 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22399
22400 Commands:
22401 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22402 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22403 if that value is non-nil.
22404
22405 \(fn)" t nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22408 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22409 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22410
22411 \(fn)" t nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22414 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22415 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22416
22417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22418
22419 ;;;***
22420 \f
22421 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22422 ;;;;;; 45374))
22423 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22424
22425 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22426 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22427 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22428
22429 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22430
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19961
22434 ;;;;;; 55377))
22435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22436
22437 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22438 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22439
22440 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22441
22442 The following variables hold user options, and can
22443 be set through the `customize' command:
22444
22445 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22446 `ps-mode-tab'
22447 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22448 `ps-mode-print-function'
22449 `ps-run-prompt'
22450 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22451 `ps-run-x'
22452 `ps-run-dumb'
22453 `ps-run-init'
22454 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22455 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22456
22457 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22458
22459
22460 \\{ps-mode-map}
22461
22462
22463 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22464 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22465 The keymap for this second window is:
22466
22467 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22468
22469
22470 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22471 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22472 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22473 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22474 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22475
22476 \(fn)" t nil)
22477
22478 ;;;***
22479 \f
22480 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22481 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22482 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22483 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22484 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22485 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19931
22486 ;;;;;; 11784))
22487 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22488
22489 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22490 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22491 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22492
22493 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22494
22495 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22496 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22497 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22498 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22499
22500 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22501
22502 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22503 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22504
22505 Valid values are:
22506
22507 nil Do not print colors.
22508
22509 t Print colors.
22510
22511 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22512 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22513
22514 Any other value is treated as t.")
22515
22516 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22517
22518 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22519 Customization of ps-print group.
22520
22521 \(fn)" t nil)
22522
22523 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22524 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22525
22526 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22527 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22528 sending it to the printer.
22529
22530 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22531 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22532 image in a file with that name.
22533
22534 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22535
22536 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22537 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22538 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22539 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22540 so it has a way to determine color values.
22541
22542 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22543
22544 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22545 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22546 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22547
22548 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22549
22550 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22551 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22552 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22553 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22554 so it has a way to determine color values.
22555
22556 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22557
22558 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22559 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22560 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22561 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22562
22563 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22564
22565 \(fn)" t nil)
22566
22567 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22568 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22569 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22570 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22571 so it has a way to determine color values.
22572
22573 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22574
22575 \(fn)" t nil)
22576
22577 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22578 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22579 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22580
22581 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22582
22583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22584
22585 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22586 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22587 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22588 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22589 so it has a way to determine color values.
22590
22591 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22592
22593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22594
22595 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22596 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22597
22598 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22599 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22600 instead of sending it to the printer.
22601
22602 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22603 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22604 image in a file with that name.
22605
22606 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22607
22608 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22609 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22610 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22611 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22612 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22613
22614 \(fn)" t nil)
22615
22616 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22617 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22618 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22619
22620 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22621
22622 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22623 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22624 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22625
22626 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22627
22628 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22629 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22630
22631 \(fn)" nil nil)
22632
22633 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22634 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22635
22636 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22637 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22638
22639 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22640 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22641
22642 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22643
22644 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22645
22646 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22647
22648 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22649 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22650
22651 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22652 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22653
22654 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22655 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22656
22657 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22658
22659 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22660
22661 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22662
22663 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22664 foreground and background colors respectively.
22665
22666 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22667 bold - use bold font.
22668 italic - use italic font.
22669 underline - put a line under text.
22670 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22671 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22672 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22673 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22674 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22675
22676 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22677
22678 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22679
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
22683 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19975 1875))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22685
22686 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22687
22688 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22689
22690 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22691
22692 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22693 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22694 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22695 show the buffer automatically.
22696
22697 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22698 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22699
22700 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22701 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22702 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22703 switch to that buffer.
22704
22705 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22706 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22707 process buffer for a list of commands.
22708
22709 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22710 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22711 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22712
22713 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22714
22715 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
22716 Set up info-look for Python.
22717 Used with `eval-after-load'.
22718
22719 \(fn)" nil nil)
22720
22721 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22722 Major mode for editing Python files.
22723 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22724 for correct parsing of the source.
22725 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22726 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22727 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22728
22729 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22730 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22731 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22732 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22733 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22734 \\<python-mode-map>
22735 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22736 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22737 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22738 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22739 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22740 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22741
22742 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22743 effect outside them.
22744
22745 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22746 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22747 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22748 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22749 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22750 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22751 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22752 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22753 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22754
22755 \\{python-mode-map}
22756
22757 \(fn)" t nil)
22758
22759 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22760 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22761 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22762 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22763
22764 \(fn)" t nil)
22765
22766 ;;;***
22767 \f
22768 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22769 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22771
22772 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22773 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22774 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22775 coding-system.
22776
22777 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22778 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22779
22780 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22781 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22782 them into characters should be done separately.
22783
22784 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22785
22786 ;;;***
22787 \f
22788 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22789 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22790 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22791 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22792 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19943 25429))
22793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22794
22795 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22796 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22797
22798 \(fn)" nil nil)
22799
22800 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22801 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22802 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22803
22804 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22805 `quail-activate', which see.
22806
22807 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22808
22809 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22810 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22811 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22812 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22813 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22814 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22815 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22816
22817 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22818 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22819 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22820 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22821 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22822 shown.
22823 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22824
22825 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22826 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22827 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22828 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22829 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22830 list of candidates.
22831
22832 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22833 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22834 command to be called.
22835
22836 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22837 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22838 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22839 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22840
22841 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22842 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22843 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22844 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22845 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22846 to t.
22847
22848 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22849 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22850 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22851 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22852
22853 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22854 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22855 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22856 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22857
22858 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22859 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22860 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22861 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22862 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22863 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22864
22865 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22866 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22867 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22868 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22869 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22870 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22871
22872 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22873 covers Quail translation region.
22874
22875 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22876 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22877 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22878 for it) is inserted.
22879
22880 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22881 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22882 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22883
22884 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22885 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22886 non-Quail commands.
22887
22888 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22889
22890 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22891 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22892
22893 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22894 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22895 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22896 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22897 you type is correctly handled.
22898
22899 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22900
22901 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22902 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22903
22904 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22905 keyboard type.
22906
22907 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22908
22909 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22910 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22911 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22912 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22913 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22914 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22915 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22916 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22917 for the translation.
22918 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22919
22920 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22921 it is used to handle KEY.
22922
22923 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22924 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22925 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22926 the following annotation types are supported.
22927
22928 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22929 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22930
22931 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22932 candidate list.
22933
22934 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22935 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22936 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22937 inserted.
22938
22939 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22940 generated for the following translations.
22941
22942 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22943
22944 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22945 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22946
22947 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22948 which to install MAP.
22949
22950 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22951
22952 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22953
22954 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22955 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22956
22957 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22958 which to install MAP.
22959
22960 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22961
22962 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22963
22964 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22965 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22966 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22967 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22968 a function, or a cons.
22969 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22970 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22971 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22972 for the translation.
22973 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22974 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22975 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22976 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22977 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22978
22979 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22980 it is used to handle KEY.
22981
22982 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22983 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22984 current Quail package.
22985
22986 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22987 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22988
22989 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22990
22991 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22992 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22993
22994 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22995 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22996
22997 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22998
22999 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23000 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23001
23002 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23003
23004 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23005 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23006 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23007 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23008 of the Emacs source tree.
23009
23010 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23011 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23012
23013 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23014 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23015 of each directory.
23016
23017 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23018
23019 ;;;***
23020 \f
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23022 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23023 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19845
23024 ;;;;;; 45374))
23025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23026
23027 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23028 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23029 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23030 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23031
23032 To make use of this do something like:
23033
23034 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23035
23036 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23037
23038 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23039 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
23040
23041 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23042 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23043 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23044
23045 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23046
23047 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23048 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23049
23050 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23051
23052 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23053 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23054
23055 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
23056 is decided.
23057
23058 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23059
23060 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23061 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23062
23063 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23064 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23065 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23066
23067 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23068
23069 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23070 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23071
23072 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23073
23074 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23075 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23076
23077 \(fn)" t nil)
23078
23079 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23080 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23081
23082 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23083
23084 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23085
23086 \(fn)" t nil)
23087
23088 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23089 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23090
23091 \(fn)" t nil)
23092
23093 ;;;***
23094 \f
23095 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23096 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19968 28627))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23098
23099 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23100 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23101
23102 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23103
23104 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23105
23106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23107
23108 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23109
23110 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23111
23112
23113 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23114
23115 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23116 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23117 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23120 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23121
23122 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23123
23124 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23125 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23126
23127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23128
23129 ;;;***
23130 \f
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
23132 ;;;;;; 45374))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23134
23135 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23136 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23137 See \\[compile].
23138
23139 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23140
23141 ;;;***
23142 \f
23143 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23144 ;;;;;; (19975 1875))
23145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23146
23147 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23148
23149 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23150 Construct a regexp interactively.
23151 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23152 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23153 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23154
23155 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23156 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23157
23158 \(fn)" t nil)
23159
23160 ;;;***
23161 \f
23162 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19886 45771))
23163 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23164
23165 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23166 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23167 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23170 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23171
23172 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23173
23174 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23175 Toggle recentf mode.
23176 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23177 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23178
23179 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23180 that were operated on recently.
23181
23182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23183
23184 ;;;***
23185 \f
23186 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23187 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23188 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23189 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23190 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
23191 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23192 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23193 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23194 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23195 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23196 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23197 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23198 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23199
23200 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23201 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23202 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23203 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23204 ends.
23205
23206 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23207 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23208 to be deleted.
23209
23210 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23211
23212 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23213 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23214 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23215
23216 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23217 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23218 deleted.
23219
23220 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23221
23222 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23223 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23224 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23225
23226 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23227
23228 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23229 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23230
23231 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23232 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23233
23234 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23235 deleted.
23236
23237 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23238 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23239 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23240 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23241 even beep.)
23242
23243 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23244
23245 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23246 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23247
23248 \(fn)" t nil)
23249
23250 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23251 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23252 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23253 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23254 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23255 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23256 and point is at the lower right corner.
23257
23258 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23259
23260 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23261 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23262
23263 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23264 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23265
23266 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23267 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23268 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23269
23270 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23271
23272 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23273
23274 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23275 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23276 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23277 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23278 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23279
23280 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23281 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23282
23283 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23284
23285 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23286 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23287 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23288
23289 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23290
23291 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23292
23293 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23294
23295 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23296 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23297
23298 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23299 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23300 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23301
23302 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23303
23304 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23305 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23306 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23307
23308 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23309 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23310 rectangle which were empty.
23311
23312 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23313
23314 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23315 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23316
23317 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23318 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23319 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23320 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23321
23322 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23323
23324 ;;;***
23325 \f
23326 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23327 ;;;;;; 45374))
23328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23329
23330 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23331 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23332 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23333
23334 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23335 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23336 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23337
23338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23343 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23345
23346 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23347 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23348
23349 \(fn)" nil nil)
23350
23351 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23352 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23353
23354 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23355 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23356
23357 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23358 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23359 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23360 \\ref macro.
23361
23362 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23363 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23364 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23365
23366 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23367 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23368 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23369
23370 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23371 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23372
23373 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23374 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23375
23376 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23377 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23378 on the menu bar.
23379
23380 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23381
23382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23383
23384 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23385 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23386 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23387
23388 \(fn)" nil nil)
23389
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23393 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23395
23396 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23397 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23398 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23399 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23400 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23401 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23402
23403 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23404
23405 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23406
23407 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23408 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23409 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23410 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23411 `reftex-cite-format'.
23412
23413 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23414 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23415 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23416 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23417
23418 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23419
23420 ;;;***
23421 \f
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23423 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23425
23426 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23427 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23428 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23429 the current TeX document.
23430
23431 With no argument, this command toggles
23432 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23433 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23434
23435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23436
23437 ;;;***
23438 \f
23439 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23440 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23442
23443 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23444 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23445 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23446
23447 To insert new phrases, use
23448 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23449 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23450
23451 To index phrases use one of:
23452
23453 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23454 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23455 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23456 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23457 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23458
23459 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23460 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23461
23462 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23463
23464 Here are all local bindings.
23465
23466 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23467
23468 \(fn)" t nil)
23469
23470 ;;;***
23471 \f
23472 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23473 ;;;;;; (19980 19797))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23475
23476 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23477 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23478 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23479 of master file.
23480
23481 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23482
23483 ;;;***
23484 \f
23485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23486 ;;;;;; 45374))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23488 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23489 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23490 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23491 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23492
23493 ;;;***
23494 \f
23495 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23496 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23498
23499 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23500 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23501 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23502 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23503 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23504 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23505
23506 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23507 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23508
23509 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23510 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23511 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23512 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23513
23514 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23515
23516 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23517 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23518 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23519 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23520
23521 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23522
23523 ;;;***
23524 \f
23525 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23526 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23527 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23529
23530 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23531 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23532 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23533 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23534
23535 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23536
23537 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23538
23539 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23540 Call `remember' in another frame.
23541
23542 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23543
23544 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23545 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23546 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23547 application.
23548
23549 \(fn)" t nil)
23550
23551 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23552 Extract diary entries from the region.
23553
23554 \(fn)" nil nil)
23555
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19951 19539))
23559 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23560
23561 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23562 Repeat most recently executed command.
23563 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23564 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23565 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23566
23567 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23568 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23569 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23570 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23571
23572 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23573 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23574 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23575
23576 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23577
23578 ;;;***
23579 \f
23580 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23581 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23582 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23583
23584 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23585 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23586
23587 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23588 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23589 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23590 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23591 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23592 and point is left after the salutation.
23593
23594 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23595 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23596 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23597 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23598 left after that text.
23599
23600 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23601 is non-nil.
23602
23603 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23604 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23605 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23606 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23607
23608 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23613 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23615
23616 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23617 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23618 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23619 visibility of comments that precede it.
23620 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23621 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23622 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23623 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23624 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23625 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23626 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23627 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23628 the comment lines.
23629 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23630 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23631 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23632 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23633 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23634
23635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23636
23637 ;;;***
23638 \f
23639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23640 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23641 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23642
23643 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23644 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23645 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23646
23647 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23648 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23649 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23650
23651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23652
23653 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23654 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23655 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23658 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23659
23660 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23661
23662 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23663 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23664 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23665
23666 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23667 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23668 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23669
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23671
23672 ;;;***
23673 \f
23674 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23675 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23677
23678 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23679 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23680
23681 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23682
23683 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23684 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23685
23686 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23687
23688 ;;;***
23689 \f
23690 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19870 57559))
23691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23692 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23693
23694 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23695 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23696 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23697 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23698
23699 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23700
23701 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23702 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23703 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23704 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23705
23706 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23707 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23708
23709 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23710 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23711
23712 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23713 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23714 INPUT-ARGS.
23715
23716 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23717 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23718 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23719 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23720 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23721
23722 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23723 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23724 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23725 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23726
23727 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23728 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23729 variable.
23730
23731 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23732
23733 ;;;***
23734 \f
23735 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23736 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23737 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23738 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23739 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23740 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19976 23054))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23742
23743 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23744 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23745 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23746
23747 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23748
23749 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23750 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23751 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23752 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23753 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23754 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23755 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23756
23757 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23758 sent by you under different user names.
23759 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23760
23761 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23762
23763 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23764
23765 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23766
23767 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23768 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23769 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23770 explicitly.")
23771
23772 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23773
23774 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23775 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23776 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23777 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23778 which normally happens once for each message,
23779 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23780 To make a change in this variable take effect
23781 for a message that you have already viewed,
23782 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23783
23784 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23785
23786 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23787 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23788 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23789 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23790
23791 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23792
23793 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23794 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23795
23796 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23797
23798 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23799 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23800 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23801
23802 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23803
23804 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23805 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23806 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23807 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23808 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23809 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23810
23811 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23812
23813 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23814 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23815
23816 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23817
23818 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23819 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23820
23821 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23822
23823 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23824 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23825
23826 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23827 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23828
23829 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23830
23831 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23832 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23833
23834 This is set to nil by default.")
23835
23836 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23837 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23838 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23839 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23840 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23841 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23842 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23843
23844 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23845 Read and edit incoming mail.
23846 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23847 file in RMAIL Mode.
23848 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23849
23850 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23851 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23852 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23853 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23854
23855 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23856
23857 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23858
23859 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23860 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23861 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23862 Instead, these commands are available:
23863
23864 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23865 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23866 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23867 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23868 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23869 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23870 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23871 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23872 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23873 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23874 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23875 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23876 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23877 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23878 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23879 till a deleted message is found.
23880 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23881 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23882 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23883 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23884 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23885 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23886 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23887 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23888 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23889 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23890 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23891 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23892 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23893 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23894 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23895 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23896 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23897 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23898 (label defaults to last one specified).
23899 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23900 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23901 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23902 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23903 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23904 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23905 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23906 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23907 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23908
23909 \(fn)" t nil)
23910
23911 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23912 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23913
23914 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23915
23916 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23917 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23918
23919 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23920
23921 ;;;***
23922 \f
23923 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23924 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23926 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23927
23928 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23929 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23930 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23931 case it writes Babyl.
23932
23933 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23934 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23935 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23936 `rmail-default-file'.
23937
23938 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23939 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23940 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23941
23942 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23943 the header display is currently pruned.
23944
23945 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23946 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23947 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23948 messages after output.
23949
23950 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23951 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23952 message (if writing a file directly).
23953
23954 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23955 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23956
23957 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23958
23959 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23960 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23961 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23962 i) the header is output as currently seen
23963 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23964 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23965
23966 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23967 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23968 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23969
23970 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23971
23972 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23973 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23974 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23975 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23976 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23977 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23978 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23979
23980 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23981 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23982 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23983
23984 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23985
23986 ;;;***
23987 \f
23988 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23989 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23990 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23991
23992 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23993 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23994 Return a pattern.
23995
23996 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23997
23998 ;;;***
23999 \f
24000 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24001 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24002 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24003
24004 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24005 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24006 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24007 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24008
24009 \(fn)" t nil)
24010
24011 ;;;***
24012 \f
24013 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24014 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24015 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24016
24017 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24018 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24019
24020 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24021 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24022 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24023 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24024 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24025 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24026 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24027 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24028 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24029 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24030
24031 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24032 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24033 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24034 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24035 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24036 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24037 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24038 to use for finding the schema.
24039
24040 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24041
24042 ;;;***
24043 \f
24044 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
24045 ;;;;;; 13389))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24047
24048 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24049
24050 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24051 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24052 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24053 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24054 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24055 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24056 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24057 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24058 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24059 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24060 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24061 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24062 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24063 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24064 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24065 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24066 must be equal.
24067
24068 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24069
24070 ;;;***
24071 \f
24072 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24073 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24075
24076 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24077 Define a robin package.
24078
24079 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24080 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24081 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24082 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24083
24084 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24085 one replaces the old one.
24086
24087 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24088
24089 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24090 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24091
24092 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24093 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24094 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24095
24096 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24097
24098 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24099 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24100
24101 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24102
24103 ;;;***
24104 \f
24105 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24106 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
24107 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24108
24109 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24110 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24111
24112 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24113
24114 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24115 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24116
24117 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24118
24119 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24120 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24121
24122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24123
24124 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24125 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24126 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24127
24128 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24129 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24130 in ROT13.
24131
24132 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24133
24134 \(fn)" t nil)
24135
24136 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24137 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24138
24139 \(fn)" t nil)
24140
24141 ;;;***
24142 \f
24143 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24144 ;;;;;; (19932 55155))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24146 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24147
24148 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24149 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24150 \\<rst-mode-map>
24151 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24152 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24153 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24154 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24155 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24156
24157 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24158 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24159 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24160 font-locking of blocks.
24161
24162 \\{rst-mode-map}
24163
24164 \(fn)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24167 ReST Minor Mode.
24168 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24169 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24170 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24171 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24172
24173 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24174 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24175 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24176
24177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24178
24179 ;;;***
24180 \f
24181 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24182 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24184
24185 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24186 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24187 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24188 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24189 nesting into account.
24190
24191 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24192
24193 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24194
24195 \(fn)" t nil)
24196
24197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24198
24199 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24200
24201 ;;;***
24202 \f
24203 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24204 ;;;;;; 45374))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24206
24207 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24208 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24209 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24210
24211 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24212 Toggle Ruler mode.
24213 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24214
24215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24216
24217 ;;;***
24218 \f
24219 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19965
24220 ;;;;;; 52428))
24221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24222
24223 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24224 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24225 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24226 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24227
24228 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24229
24230 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24231 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24232 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24233
24234 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24235 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24236 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24237
24238 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24239 notation.
24240
24241 STRING
24242 matches string STRING literally.
24243
24244 CHAR
24245 matches character CHAR literally.
24246
24247 `not-newline', `nonl'
24248 matches any character except a newline.
24249
24250 `anything'
24251 matches any character
24252
24253 `(any SET ...)'
24254 `(in SET ...)'
24255 `(char SET ...)'
24256 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24257 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24258 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24259
24260 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24261 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24262 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24263 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24264
24265 `(not (any SET ...))'
24266 matches any character not in SET ...
24267
24268 `line-start', `bol'
24269 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24270 in the text being matched
24271
24272 `line-end', `eol'
24273 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24274
24275 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24276 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24277 string being matched against.
24278
24279 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24280 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24281 string being matched against.
24282
24283 `buffer-start'
24284 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24285 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24286
24287 `buffer-end'
24288 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24289 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24290
24291 `point'
24292 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24293
24294 `word-start', `bow'
24295 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24296
24297 `word-end', `eow'
24298 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24299
24300 `word-boundary'
24301 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24302 word.
24303
24304 `(not word-boundary)'
24305 `not-word-boundary'
24306 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24307 word.
24308
24309 `symbol-start'
24310 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24311
24312 `symbol-end'
24313 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24314
24315 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24316 matches 0 through 9.
24317
24318 `control', `cntrl'
24319 matches ASCII control characters.
24320
24321 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24322 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24323
24324 `blank'
24325 matches space and tab only.
24326
24327 `graphic', `graph'
24328 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24329 space, and DEL.
24330
24331 `printing', `print'
24332 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24333 and DEL.
24334
24335 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24336 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24337 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24338
24339 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24340 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24341 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24342
24343 `ascii'
24344 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24345
24346 `nonascii'
24347 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24348
24349 `lower', `lower-case'
24350 matches anything lower-case.
24351
24352 `upper', `upper-case'
24353 matches anything upper-case.
24354
24355 `punctuation', `punct'
24356 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24357 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24358
24359 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24360 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24361
24362 `word', `wordchar'
24363 matches anything that has word syntax.
24364
24365 `not-wordchar'
24366 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24367
24368 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24369 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24370 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24371 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24372
24373 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24374 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24375 `word' (\\sw)
24376 `symbol' (\\s_)
24377 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24378 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24379 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24380 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24381 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24382 `escape' (\\s\\)
24383 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24384 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24385 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24386 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24387 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24388
24389 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24390 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24391
24392 `(category CATEGORY)'
24393 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24394 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24395
24396 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24397 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24398 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24399 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24400 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24401 `symbol' (\\c5)
24402 `digit' (\\c6)
24403 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24404 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24405 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24406 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24407 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24408 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24409 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24410 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24411 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24412 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24413 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24414 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24415 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24416 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24417 `ascii' (\\ca)
24418 `arabic' (\\cb)
24419 `chinese' (\\cc)
24420 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24421 `greek' (\\cg)
24422 `korean' (\\ch)
24423 `indian' (\\ci)
24424 `japanese' (\\cj)
24425 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24426 `latin' (\\cl)
24427 `lao' (\\co)
24428 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24429 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24430 `thai' (\\ct)
24431 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24432 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24433 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24434 `can-break' (\\c|)
24435
24436 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24437 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24438
24439 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24440 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24441 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24442 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24443 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24444
24445 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24446 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24447 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24448 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24449
24450 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24451 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24452 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24453 group number N.
24454
24455 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24456 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24457 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24458 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24459 regular expression.
24460
24461 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24462 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24463 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24464 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24465 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24466
24467 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24468 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24469
24470 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24471 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24472
24473 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24474 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24475 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24476
24477 `(* SEXP ...)'
24478 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24479 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24480
24481 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24482 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24483 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24484
24485 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24486 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24487 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24488
24489 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24490 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24491
24492 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24493 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24494
24495 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24496 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24497 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24498 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24499
24500 `(? SEXP ...)'
24501 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24502
24503 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24504 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24505
24506 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24507 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24508 matches N occurrences.
24509
24510 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24511 matches N or more occurrences.
24512
24513 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24514 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24515 matches N to M occurrences.
24516
24517 `(backref N)'
24518 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24519
24520 `(eval FORM)'
24521 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24522 `regexp-quote' it.
24523
24524 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24525 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24526
24527 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24528
24529 ;;;***
24530 \f
24531 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19886
24532 ;;;;;; 45771))
24533 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24534
24535 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24536 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24537 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24540 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24541
24542 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24543
24544 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24545 Toggle savehist-mode.
24546 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24547 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24548 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24549 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24550
24551 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24552 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24553 which is probably undesirable.
24554
24555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24556
24557 ;;;***
24558 \f
24559 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24560 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24562
24563 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24564 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24565 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24566
24567 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24568 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24569 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24570 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24571 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24572 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24573 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24574 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24575
24576 Commands:
24577 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24578 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24579 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24580 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24581 if that value is non-nil.
24582
24583 \(fn)" t nil)
24584
24585 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24586 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24587 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24588
24589 Commands:
24590 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24591 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24592 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24593 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24594 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24595 that variable's value is a string.
24596
24597 \(fn)" t nil)
24598
24599 ;;;***
24600 \f
24601 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24602 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24604
24605 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24606 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24607 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24608
24609 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24610
24611 \(fn)" t nil)
24612
24613 ;;;***
24614 \f
24615 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24616 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24618
24619 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24620 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24621 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24624 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24625
24626 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24627
24628 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24629 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24630 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24631 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24632 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24633
24634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24635
24636 ;;;***
24637 \f
24638 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24639 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24640 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24641
24642 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24643 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24644 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24645 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24646 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24647 during scrolling.
24648
24649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24650
24651 ;;;***
24652 \f
24653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24654 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24655 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24656 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24657
24658 ;;;***
24659 \f
24660 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24661 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19981 40664))
24662 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24663
24664 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24665 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24666 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24667
24668 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24669 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24670 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24671 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24672 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24673 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24674 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24675 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24676 keybinding for tag names.")
24677
24678 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24679
24680 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24681 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24682 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24685 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24686
24687 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24688
24689 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24690 Toggle Semantic mode.
24691 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24692
24693 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24694 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24695 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24696 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24697 Semantic mode.
24698
24699 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24700
24701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24702
24703 ;;;***
24704 \f
24705 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24706 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24707 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24708 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24709 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24710 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24711 ;;;;;; send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
24712 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19980 19797))
24713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24714
24715 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24716 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24717
24718 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24719 king@grassland.com
24720 If `parens', they look like:
24721 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24722 If `angles', they look like:
24723 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24724
24725 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24726 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24727
24728 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24729
24730 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24731 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24732 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24733 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24734
24735 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24736 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24737 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24738 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24739
24740 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24741
24742 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24743 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24744 This is done when the message is initialized,
24745 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24746
24747 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24748
24749 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24750 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24751 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24752
24753 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24754
24755 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (or (and window-system (eq system-type 'darwin)) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24756
24757 (defvar send-mail-function (if (or (and window-system (eq system-type 'darwin)) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24758 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24759 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24760 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24761 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24762 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24763 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24764
24765 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24766 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24767
24768 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24769 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24770
24771 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24772
24773 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24774 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24775 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24776 be a Babyl file.")
24777
24778 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24779
24780 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24781 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24782 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24783 when you first send mail.")
24784
24785 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24786
24787 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24788 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24789 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24790 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24791 This file need not actually exist.")
24792
24793 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24794
24795 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24796 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24797
24798 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24799
24800 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24801 Alist of mail address aliases,
24802 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24803 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24804 can specify a different file name.)
24805 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24806 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24807
24808 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24809 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24810 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24811
24812 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24813
24814 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24815 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24816 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24817
24818 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24819
24820 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24821 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24822 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24823 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24824 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24825 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24826 in the cited portion of the message.
24827
24828 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24829 instead of no action.")
24830
24831 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24832
24833 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24834 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24835 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24836 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24837 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24838
24839 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24840
24841 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24842 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24843 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24844 If a string, that string is inserted.
24845 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24846 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24847 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24848 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24849
24850 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24851
24852 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24853 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24854
24855 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24856
24857 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24858 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24859 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24860
24861 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24862 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24863
24864 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24865
24866 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24867 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24868 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24869 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24870
24871 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24872
24873 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24874
24875 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24876
24877
24878 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24879
24880 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24881 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24882 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24883
24884 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24885 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24886
24887 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24888 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24889 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24890 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24891 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24892 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24893 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24894 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24895 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24896 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24897 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24898 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24899
24900 \(fn)" t nil)
24901
24902 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24903 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24904 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24905 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24906
24907 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24908
24909 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24910 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24911 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24912 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24913 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24914 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24915
24916 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24917 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24918 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24919
24920 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24921 User should not set this variable manually,
24922 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24923 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24924 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24925 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24926 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24927
24928 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24929 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24930 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24931 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24932
24933 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24934 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24935
24936 \\<mail-mode-map>
24937 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24938
24939 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24940 to move to message header fields:
24941 \\{mail-mode-map}
24942
24943 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24944 when the message is initialized.
24945
24946 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24947 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24948
24949 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24950 is inserted.
24951
24952 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24953 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24954
24955 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24956 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24957 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24958 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24959 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24960 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24961 buffer without erasing the contents.
24962
24963 The second through fifth arguments,
24964 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24965 the initial contents of those header fields.
24966 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24967 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24968 original message being replied to, or else an action
24969 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24970 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24971 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24972 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24973 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24974 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24975
24976 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24977
24978 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24979 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24980
24981 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24982
24983 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24984 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24985
24986 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24987
24988 ;;;***
24989 \f
24990 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24991 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19975
24992 ;;;;;; 1875))
24993 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24994
24995 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24996
24997 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24998
24999 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25000
25001 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25002 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25003 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25004 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25005 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25006 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25007
25008 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25009 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25010
25011 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25012 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25013 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25014
25015 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25016 \\[server-start].
25017
25018 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25019
25020 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25021 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25022 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25023 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25024
25025 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25026
25027 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25028 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25029 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25032 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25033
25034 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25035
25036 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25037 Toggle Server mode.
25038 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25039 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25040 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
25041
25042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25043
25044 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25045 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25046 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25047
25048 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25049 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25050
25051 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25052
25053 ;;;***
25054 \f
25055 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19980 19797))
25056 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25057
25058 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25059 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25060 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25061
25062 Key definitions:
25063 \\{ses-mode-map}
25064 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25065 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25066 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25067 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25068
25069 \(fn)" t nil)
25070
25071 ;;;***
25072 \f
25073 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25074 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25076
25077 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25078 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25079 Makes > match <.
25080 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25081 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25082
25083 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25084 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25085 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25086
25087 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25088 in your `.emacs' file.
25089
25090 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25091
25092 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25093 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25094 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25095
25096 \(fn)" t nil)
25097
25098 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25099 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25100 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25101 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25102 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25103 which this is based.
25104
25105 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25106
25107 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25108 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25109 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25110 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25111
25112 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25113 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25114 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25115
25116 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25117 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25118 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25119 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25120
25121 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25122 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25123 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25124 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25125
25126 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25127
25128 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25129 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25130 To work around that, do:
25131 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25132
25133 \\{html-mode-map}
25134
25135 \(fn)" t nil)
25136
25137 ;;;***
25138 \f
25139 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25140 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
25141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25142 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25143
25144 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25145 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25146 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25147 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25148 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25149 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25150
25151 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25152 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25153 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25154 shell-specific features.
25155
25156 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25157 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25158 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25159 \\<sh-mode-map>
25160 \\[sh-case] case statement
25161 \\[sh-for] for loop
25162 \\[sh-function] function definition
25163 \\[sh-if] if statement
25164 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25165 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25166 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25167 \\[sh-select] select loop
25168 \\[sh-until] until loop
25169 \\[sh-while] while loop
25170
25171 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25172 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25173 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25174 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25175 would indent to the way it currently is.
25176 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25177 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25178
25179
25180 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25181 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25182 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25183 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25184 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25185 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25186
25187 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25188 {, (, [, ', \", `
25189 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25190
25191 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25192 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25193 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25194
25195 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25196 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25197
25198 \(fn)" t nil)
25199
25200 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25201
25202 ;;;***
25203 \f
25204 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25205 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25207
25208 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25209 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25210
25211 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25212 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25213 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25214
25215 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25216 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25217 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25218 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25219 the earlier.
25220
25221 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25222
25223 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25224
25225 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25226 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25227 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25228
25229 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25230 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25231
25232 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25233 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25234 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25235 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25236 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25237 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25238 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25239 Emacs version).
25240
25241 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25242 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25243 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25244 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25245 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25246
25247 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25248 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25249
25250 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25251
25252 ;;;***
25253 \f
25254 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25255 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25256 ;;;;;; 45771))
25257 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25258
25259 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25260 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25261 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25262 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25263 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25264 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25265 sites in the cluster.
25266
25267 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25270 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25271 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25272 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25273 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25274
25275 \(fn)" t nil)
25276
25277 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25278 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25279 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25280 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25281 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25282 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25283 `shadow-define-cluster').
25284
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25288 Set up file shadowing.
25289
25290 \(fn)" t nil)
25291
25292 ;;;***
25293 \f
25294 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25295 ;;;;;; (19964 31562))
25296 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25297
25298 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25299 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25300 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25301 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25302 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25303 arguments.")
25304
25305 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25306
25307 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25308 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25309 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25310 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25311 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25312
25313 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25314 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25315 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25316 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25317 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25318 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25319 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25320 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25321 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25322 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25323 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25324
25325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25326 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25327 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25328 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25330 `default-process-coding-system'.
25331
25332 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25333 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25334 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25335 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25336
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25338
25339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25340 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25341
25342 ;;;***
25343 \f
25344 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19976
25345 ;;;;;; 22732))
25346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25347
25348 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25349
25350
25351 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25352
25353 ;;;***
25354 \f
25355 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25356 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25358
25359 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25360
25361
25362 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25365
25366
25367 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25368
25369 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25370
25371
25372 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25373
25374 ;;;***
25375 \f
25376 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25377 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25379
25380 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25381 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25382 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25383 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25384 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25385
25386 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25387
25388 \(fn)" t nil)
25389
25390 ;;;***
25391 \f
25392 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25393 ;;;;;; 42850))
25394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25395
25396 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25397 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25398 \\{simula-mode-map}
25399 Variables controlling indentation style:
25400 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25401 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25402 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25403 `simula-indent-level'
25404 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25405 `simula-substatement-offset'
25406 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25407 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25408 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25409 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25410 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25411 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25412 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25413 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25414 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25415 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25416 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25417 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25418 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25419 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25420 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25421 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25422 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25423 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25424 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25425 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25426 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25427 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25428 or nil if they should not be changed.
25429 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25430 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25431 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25432 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25433
25434 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25435 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25436
25437 \(fn)" t nil)
25438
25439 ;;;***
25440 \f
25441 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25442 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25443 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25444
25445 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25446 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25447
25448 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25449 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25450 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25451 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25452
25453 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25454
25455 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25456 Insert SKELETON.
25457 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25458 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25459 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25460 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25461 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25462
25463 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25464 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25465
25466 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25467
25468 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25469 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25470
25471 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25472 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25473 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25474 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25475
25476 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25477 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25478 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25479 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25480
25481 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25482 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25483 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25484
25485 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25486 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25487
25488 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25489 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25490
25491 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25492 _ interesting point, interregion here
25493 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25494 interesting point set by _
25495 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25496 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25497 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25498 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25499 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25500 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25501 nil skipped
25502
25503 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25504 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25505
25506 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25507 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25508 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25509 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25510 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25511 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25512 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25513 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25514
25515 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25516 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25517 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25518 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25519 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25520 available:
25521
25522 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25523 then: insert previously read string once more
25524 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25525 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25526 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25527
25528 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25529 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25530
25531 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25532
25533 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25534 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25535
25536 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25537 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25538 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25539 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25540 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25541 such as backslash.
25542
25543 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25544 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25545 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25546
25547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25548
25549 ;;;***
25550 \f
25551 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25552 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19946 1612))
25553 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25554
25555 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25556 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25557 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25558 buffer names.
25559
25560 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25561
25562 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25563 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25564 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25565
25566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25567
25568 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25569 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25570 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25571
25572 \(fn)" t nil)
25573
25574 ;;;***
25575 \f
25576 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25577 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25579
25580 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25581 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25582 A list of images is returned.
25583
25584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25587 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25588 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25589
25590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591
25592 ;;;***
25593 \f
25594 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25595 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19978 37530))
25596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25597
25598 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25599
25600
25601 \(fn)" nil nil)
25602
25603 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25604 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25605
25606 \(fn)" t nil)
25607
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25612
25613 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25614 Play the Snake game.
25615 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25616
25617 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25618
25619 Snake mode keybindings:
25620 \\<snake-mode-map>
25621 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25622 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25623 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25624 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25625 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25626 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25627 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25628
25629 \(fn)" t nil)
25630
25631 ;;;***
25632 \f
25633 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25634 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25636
25637 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25638 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25639 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25640 Tab indents for C code.
25641 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25642 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25643 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25644 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25645 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25646
25647 \(fn)" t nil)
25648
25649 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25650 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25651 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25652 Tab indents for C code.
25653 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25655 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25656 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25657 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25658
25659 \(fn)" t nil)
25660
25661 ;;;***
25662 \f
25663 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19886
25664 ;;;;;; 45771))
25665 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25666
25667 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25668 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25669 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25670 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25671 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25672
25673 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25674
25675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25676
25677 ;;;***
25678 \f
25679 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19889
25680 ;;;;;; 21967))
25681 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25682
25683 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25684 Play Solitaire.
25685
25686 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25687 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25688 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25689 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25690 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25691 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25692 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25693 check after each move or undo.)
25694
25695 What is Solitaire?
25696
25697 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25698 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25699 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25700
25701 Le Solitaire
25702 ============
25703
25704 o o o
25705
25706 o o o
25707
25708 o o o o o o o
25709
25710 o o o . o o o
25711
25712 o o o o o o o
25713
25714 o o o
25715
25716 o o o
25717
25718 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25719 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25720 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25721 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25722
25723 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25724 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25725 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25726 this: o o .
25727
25728 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25729 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25730
25731 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25732
25733 o o o
25734
25735 . o o
25736
25737 o o . o o o o
25738
25739 o . o o o o o
25740
25741 o o o o o o o
25742
25743 o o o
25744
25745 o o o
25746
25747 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25748
25749 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25750
25751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25752
25753 ;;;***
25754 \f
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25756 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25757 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25759 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25760
25761 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25762 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25763
25764 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25765 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25766 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25767 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25768 contiguous.
25769
25770 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25771 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25772 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25773 the sort order.
25774
25775 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25776 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25777
25778 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25779 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25780 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25781 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25782 is called.
25783
25784 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25785 It should move point to the end of the record.
25786
25787 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25788 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25789 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25790 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25791 starts at the beginning of the record.
25792
25793 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25794 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25795 same as ENDRECFUN.
25796
25797 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25798 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25799
25800 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25801
25802 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25803 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25804 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25805 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25806 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25807 the sort order.
25808
25809 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25810
25811 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25812 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25813 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25814 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25815 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25816 the sort order.
25817
25818 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25821 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25822 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25823 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25824 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25825 the sort order.
25826
25827 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25828 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25829
25830 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25831 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25832 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25833 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25834 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25835 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25836 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25837 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25838 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25839
25840 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25841
25842 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25843 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25844 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25845 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25846 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25847 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25848 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25849 the sort order.
25850
25851 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25852
25853 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25854 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25855 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25856 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25857 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25858 is to be used for sorting.
25859 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25860 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25861 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25862 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25863 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25864
25865 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25866
25867 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25868 the sort order.
25869
25870 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25871 starting with the letter \"f\",
25872 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25873
25874 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25877 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25878 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25879 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25880 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25881 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25882 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25883 the sort order.
25884
25885 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25886 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25887 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25888 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25889 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25890
25891 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25892
25893 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25894 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25895 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25896
25897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25898
25899 ;;;***
25900 \f
25901 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19976
25902 ;;;;;; 22732))
25903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25904
25905 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25906 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25907 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25908 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25909 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25910 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25911
25912 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25913
25914 ;;;***
25915 \f
25916 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25917 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25918 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25920
25921 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25922 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25923
25924 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25925 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25926 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25927
25928 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25929
25930 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25931 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25932 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25933 server.
25934
25935 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25936
25937 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25938 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25939 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25940
25941 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25942
25943 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25944 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25945 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25946 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25947 Agent is plugged.
25948
25949 \(fn)" t nil)
25950
25951 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25952 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25953 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25954 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25955
25956 \(fn)" t nil)
25957
25958 ;;;***
25959 \f
25960 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25961 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19886 45771))
25962 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25963
25964 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25965
25966 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25967 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25968 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25969 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25970 supported at a time.
25971 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25972 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25973
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25977 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25978 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25979 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25980
25981 \(fn)" t nil)
25982
25983 ;;;***
25984 \f
25985 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
25986 ;;;;;; 45374))
25987 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25988
25989 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25990 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25991
25992 \(fn)" t nil)
25993
25994 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25995 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25996
25997 \(fn)" nil nil)
25998
25999 ;;;***
26000 \f
26001 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26002 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26003 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26004 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26005 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
26006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26007
26008 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26009 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26010
26011 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26012 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26013 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26014 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26015 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26016 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26017 of the current highlighting list.
26018
26019 For example:
26020
26021 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26022 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26023
26024 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26025 `_t' as data types.
26026
26027 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26028
26029 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26030 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26031
26032 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26033 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26034
26035 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26036
26037 \\\\FREE
26038
26039 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26040
26041 \\\\NONFREE
26042
26043 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26044
26045 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26046 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26047
26048 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26049 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26050 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26051 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26052
26053 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26054 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26055 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26056 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26057
26058 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26059 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26060 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26061
26062 \(fn)" t nil)
26063
26064 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26065 Major mode to edit SQL.
26066
26067 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26068 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26069 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26070
26071 \\{sql-mode-map}
26072 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26073
26074 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26075 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26076 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26077 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26078 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26079 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26080
26081 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26082 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26083
26084 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26085 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26086 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26087
26088 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26089 (lambda ()
26090 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26091
26092 \(fn)" t nil)
26093
26094 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26095 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26096
26097 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26098 their settings.
26099
26100 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26101 is specified in the connection settings.
26102
26103 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
26104
26105 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26106 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26107
26108 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26109 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26110
26111 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26112 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26113 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26114 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26115
26116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26117
26118 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26119
26120 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26121 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26122
26123 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26124 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26125 `*SQL*'.
26126
26127 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26128 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26129 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26130 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26131
26132 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26133 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26134
26135 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26136 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26137 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26138 buffer.
26139
26140 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26141 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26142 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26143 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26144 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26145 `default-process-coding-system'.
26146
26147 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26148
26149 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26150
26151 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26152 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26153
26154 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26155 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26156 `*SQL*'.
26157
26158 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26159 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26160 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26161 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26162
26163 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26165
26166 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26167 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26168 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26169 buffer.
26170
26171 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26172 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26173 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26174 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26175 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26176 `default-process-coding-system'.
26177
26178 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26179
26180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26181
26182 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26183 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26184
26185 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26186 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26187 `*SQL*'.
26188
26189 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26190 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26191
26192 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26193 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26194
26195 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26196 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26197 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26198 buffer.
26199
26200 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26201 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26202 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26203 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26204 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26205 `default-process-coding-system'.
26206
26207 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26208
26209 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26210
26211 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26212 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26213
26214 SQLite is free software.
26215
26216 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26217 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26218 `*SQL*'.
26219
26220 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26221 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26222 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26223 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26224
26225 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26226 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26227
26228 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26229 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26230 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26231 buffer.
26232
26233 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26234 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26235 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26236 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26237 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26238 `default-process-coding-system'.
26239
26240 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26241
26242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26245 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26246
26247 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26248
26249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26251 `*SQL*'.
26252
26253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26254 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26255 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26256 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26257
26258 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26259 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26260
26261 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26262 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26263 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26264 buffer.
26265
26266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26267 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26268 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26271 `default-process-coding-system'.
26272
26273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26274
26275 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26276
26277 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26278 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26279
26280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26282 `*SQL*'.
26283
26284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26285 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26286 defaults, if set.
26287
26288 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26289 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26290
26291 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26292 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26293 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26294 buffer.
26295
26296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26298 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26301 `default-process-coding-system'.
26302
26303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26304
26305 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26306
26307 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26308 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26309
26310 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26311 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26312 `*SQL*'.
26313
26314 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26315 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26316
26317 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26318 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26319
26320 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26321 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26322 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26323 buffer.
26324
26325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26326 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26327 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26328 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26330 `default-process-coding-system'.
26331
26332 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26333
26334 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26337 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26338
26339 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26340 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26341 `*SQL*'.
26342
26343 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26344 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26345 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26346 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26347
26348 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26349 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26350
26351 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26352 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26353 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26354 buffer.
26355
26356 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26357 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26358 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26359 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26360 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26361 `default-process-coding-system'.
26362
26363 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26364
26365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26368 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26369
26370 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26371 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26372 `*SQL*'.
26373
26374 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26375 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26376 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26377 `sql-postgres-options'.
26378
26379 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26380 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26381
26382 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26383 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26384 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26385 buffer.
26386
26387 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26388 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26389 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26390 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26391 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26392 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26393 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26394 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26395
26396 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26397 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26398
26399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26400
26401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26402
26403 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26404 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26405
26406 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26407 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26408 `*SQL*'.
26409
26410 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26411 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26412 defaults, if set.
26413
26414 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26415 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26416
26417 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26418 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26419 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26420 buffer.
26421
26422 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26423 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26424 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26425 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26426 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26427 `default-process-coding-system'.
26428
26429 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26430
26431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26432
26433 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26434 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26435
26436 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26437 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26438 `*SQL*'.
26439
26440 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26441 automatic login.
26442
26443 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26444 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26445
26446 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26447 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26448 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26449 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26450
26451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26452 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26454 buffer.
26455
26456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26458 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26461 `default-process-coding-system'.
26462
26463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26464
26465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26466
26467 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26468 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26469
26470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26472 `*SQL*'.
26473
26474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26475 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26476 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26477 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26478 parameters.
26479
26480 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26481 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26482 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26483 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26484 an empty password.
26485
26486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26488
26489 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26490 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26491 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26492 buffer.
26493
26494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26495
26496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26497
26498 ;;;***
26499 \f
26500 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26501 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26502 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26503
26504 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26505 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26506
26507 \(fn)" t nil)
26508
26509 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26510
26511 ;;;***
26512 \f
26513 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26514 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26516
26517 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26518 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26519 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26520 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26521 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26522 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26523 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26524 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26525 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26526 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26527 with any buffer
26528 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26529 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26530 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26531 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26532
26533 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26534
26535 ;;;***
26536 \f
26537 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26538 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26539 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26540 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26541 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19886
26542 ;;;;;; 45771))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26544
26545 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26546 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26547 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26548 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26549 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26550 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26551
26552 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26553
26554 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26557 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26558 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26559 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26560 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26561 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26562 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26563
26564 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26565
26566 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26567 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26568 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26569 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26570 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26571 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26572 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26573
26574 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26575
26576 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26577 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26578 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26579
26580 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26581
26582 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26583 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26584 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26585
26586 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26587
26588 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26589 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26590
26591 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26592
26593 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26594 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26595
26596 \(fn)" t nil)
26597
26598 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26599 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26600
26601 \(fn)" t nil)
26602
26603 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26604 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26605 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26606 chronologically by command name.
26607 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26608
26609 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26610
26611 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26612 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26613 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26616 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26617
26618 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26619
26620 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26621 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26622 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26623 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26624 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26625 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26626 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26627
26628 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26629 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26630 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26631 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26632
26633 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26634
26635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26636
26637 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26638 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26639 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26640 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26641
26642 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26643
26644 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26645 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26646
26647 \(fn)" t nil)
26648
26649 ;;;***
26650 \f
26651 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26652 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26654
26655 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26656 Studlify-case the region.
26657
26658 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26659
26660 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26661 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26662
26663 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26664
26665 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26666 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26667
26668 \(fn)" t nil)
26669
26670 ;;;***
26671 \f
26672 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26673 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26675
26676 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26677 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26678 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26679 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26680 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26681 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26682 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26683 Here are some examples:
26684
26685 Nomenclature Subwords
26686 ===========================================================
26687 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26688 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26689 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26690
26691 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26692 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26693 as words.
26694
26695 \\{subword-mode-map}
26696
26697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26698
26699 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26700 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26701 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26703 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26704 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26705
26706 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26707
26708 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26709 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26710 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26711 ARG is positive.
26712 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26713 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26714 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26715
26716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26717
26718 ;;;***
26719 \f
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26721 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26723
26724 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26725 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26726 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26727 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26728 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26729 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26730 original message but it does require a few things:
26731
26732 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26733
26734 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26735 reply buffer.
26736
26737 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26738 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26739 original message.
26740
26741 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26742
26743 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26744
26745 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26746 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26747 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26748
26749 \(fn)" nil nil)
26750
26751 ;;;***
26752 \f
26753 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26754 ;;;;;; 45374))
26755 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26756
26757 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26758
26759 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26760 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26761 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26764 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26765
26766 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26767
26768 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26769 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26770 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26771 otherwise turn it off.
26772
26773 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26774 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26775 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26776
26777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26778
26779 ;;;***
26780 \f
26781 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19845 45374))
26782 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26783
26784 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26785 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26786 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26787 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26788 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26789
26790 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26791
26792 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26793 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26794 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26795 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26796 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26797 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26798 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26799
26800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26801
26802 ;;;***
26803 \f
26804 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26805 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26806 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26807 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26808 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26809 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26810 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26811 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26812 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26813 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26814 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26815 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26816 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26818
26819 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26820 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26821 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26822
26823 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26824
26825 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26826 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26827
26828 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26829
26830 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26831 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26832
26833 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26834
26835 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26836 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26837
26838 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26839
26840 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26841 Insert an editable text table.
26842 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26843 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26844 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26845 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26846 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26847 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26848 delimiting them.
26849
26850 Examples:
26851
26852 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26853
26854 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26855 location of point.
26856
26857 -!-
26858
26859 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26860 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26861 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26862 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26863 first cell.
26864
26865 +-----+-----+-----+
26866 |-!- | | |
26867 +-----+-----+-----+
26868
26869 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26870
26871 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26872 width, which results as
26873
26874 +--------------+-----+-----+
26875 |-!- | | |
26876 +--------------+-----+-----+
26877
26878 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26879 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26880
26881 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26882 | | |-!- |
26883 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26884
26885 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26886 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26887 width information to `table-insert'.
26888
26889 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26890
26891 instead of
26892
26893 Cell width(s): 5
26894
26895 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26896 work all together.
26897
26898 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26899 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26900
26901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26902 |-!- | | |
26903 | | | |
26904 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26905
26906 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26907
26908 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26909 |-!- | | |
26910 | | | |
26911 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26912 | | | |
26913 | | | |
26914 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26915
26916 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26917
26918 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26919 | | | |
26920 | | | |
26921 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26922 | | | |
26923 | | | |
26924 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26925 -!-
26926
26927 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26928 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26929 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26930
26931 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26932 | | | |
26933 | | | |
26934 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26935 | | | |
26936 | | | |
26937 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26938 |-!- | | |
26939 | | | |
26940 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26941
26942 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26943 results.
26944
26945 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26946 | | | |
26947 | | | |
26948 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26949 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26950 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26951 | | |expected results.-!- |
26952 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26953 | | | |
26954 | | | |
26955 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26956
26957 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26958
26959 \\{table-cell-map}
26960
26961 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26962
26963 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26964 Insert N table row(s).
26965 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26966 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26967 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26968 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26969
26970 \(fn N)" t nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26973 Insert N table column(s).
26974 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26975 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26976 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26977 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26978
26979 \(fn N)" t nil)
26980
26981 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26982 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26983 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26984
26985 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26986
26987 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26988 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26989 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26990 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26991 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26992 all the table specific features.
26993
26994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26995
26996 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26997
26998
26999 \(fn)" t nil)
27000
27001 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27002 Recognize all tables within region.
27003 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27004 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27005 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27006 specific features.
27007
27008 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27009
27010 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27011
27012
27013 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27014
27015 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27016 Recognize a table at point.
27017 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27018 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27019 the table specific features.
27020
27021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27022
27023 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27024
27025
27026 \(fn)" t nil)
27027
27028 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27029 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27030 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27031 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27032 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27033 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27034 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27035
27036 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27037
27038 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27039
27040
27041 \(fn)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27044 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27045 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27046 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27047 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27048 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27049 specified.
27050
27051 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27052
27053 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27054 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27055 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27056 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27057 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27058 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27059 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27060 table structure.
27061
27062 \(fn N)" t nil)
27063
27064 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27065 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27066 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27067 table's rectangle structure.
27068
27069 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27070
27071 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27072 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27073 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27074 table's rectangle structure.
27075
27076 \(fn N)" t nil)
27077
27078 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27079 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27080 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27081 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27082 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27083
27084 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27085
27086 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27087 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27088 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27089
27090 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27091 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27092 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27093 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27094 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27095 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27096 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27097
27098 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27099 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27100 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27101 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27102 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27103 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27104 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27105
27106 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27107 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27108 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27109 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27110 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27111 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27112 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27113 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27114
27115 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27116
27117 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27118 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27119 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27120 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27121
27122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27123
27124 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27125 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27126 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27127
27128 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27129
27130 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27131 Split current cell vertically.
27132 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27133
27134 \(fn)" t nil)
27135
27136 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27137 Split current cell horizontally.
27138 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27139
27140 \(fn)" t nil)
27141
27142 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27143 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27144 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27145
27146 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27147
27148 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27149 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27150 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27151 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27152
27153 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27154
27155 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27156 Justify cell contents.
27157 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27158 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27159 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27160 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27161
27162 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27165 Justify cells of a row.
27166 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27167 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27168
27169 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27170
27171 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27172 Justify cells of a column.
27173 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27174 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27175
27176 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27177
27178 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27179 Toggle fixing width mode.
27180 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27181 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27182 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27183
27184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27185
27186 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27187 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27188 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27189 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27190 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27191 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27192 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27193 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27194 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27195 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27196 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27197
27198 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27199
27200 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27201 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27202 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27203 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27204 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27205 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27206 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27207 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27208 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27209 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27210 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27211 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27212 untouched.
27213
27214 References used for this implementation:
27215
27216 HTML:
27217 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27218
27219 LaTeX:
27220 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27221
27222 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27223 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27224 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27225
27226 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27227
27228 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27229 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27230 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27231 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27232 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27233 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27234 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27235 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27236 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27237 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27238 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27239 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27240 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27241 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27242 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27243 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27244 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27245
27246 Example:
27247
27248 (progn
27249 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27250 (table-forward-cell 15)
27251 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27252 (table-forward-cell 16)
27253 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27254 (table-forward-cell 1)
27255 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27256
27257 (progn
27258 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27259 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27260 (table-forward-cell 1)
27261 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27262
27263 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27264
27265 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27266 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27267 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27268 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27269 consists from cells of same height.
27270
27271 \(fn N)" t nil)
27272
27273 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27274 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27275 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27276 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27277 column must consists from cells of same width.
27278
27279 \(fn N)" t nil)
27280
27281 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27282 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27283 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27284 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27285 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27286 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27287 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27288 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27289 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27290 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27291 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27292 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27293 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27294 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27295 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27296
27297
27298 Example 1:
27299
27300 1, 2, 3, 4
27301 5, 6, 7, 8
27302 , 9, 10
27303
27304 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27305 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27306 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27307 specified as 5.
27308
27309 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27310 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27311 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27312 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27313 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27314 | | 9 | 10 | |
27315 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27316
27317 Note:
27318
27319 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27320 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27321 of each row is optional.
27322
27323
27324 Example 2:
27325
27326 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27327 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27328 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27329 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27330 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27331
27332 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27333 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27334
27335 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27336 expression and raw delimiter regular
27337 expression, it parses the specified text
27338 area and extracts cell items from
27339 non-table text and then forms a table out
27340 of them.
27341
27342 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27343 creates a single cell table. The text in
27344 the specified region is placed in that
27345 cell.-*-
27346
27347 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27348 like this.
27349
27350 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27351 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27352 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27353 | |
27354 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27355 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27356 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27357 | area and extracts cell items from |
27358 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27359 | of them. |
27360 | |
27361 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27362 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27363 | the specified region is placed in that |
27364 | cell. |
27365 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27366
27367 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27368 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27369 independently.
27370
27371 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27372 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27373 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27374 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27375 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27376 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27377 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27378 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27379 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27380 | |of them. |
27381 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27382 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27383 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27384 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27385 | |cell. |
27386 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27387
27388 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27389 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27390 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27391
27392 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27393
27394 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27395 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27396 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27397 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27398 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27399
27400 \(fn)" t nil)
27401
27402 ;;;***
27403 \f
27404 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27405 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
27406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27407
27408 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27409 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27410 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27411 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27412
27413 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27414 which are labelled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27415 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27416 to their column values.
27417
27418 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27419
27420 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27421 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27422 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27423 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27424 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27425 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27426 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27427 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27428
27429 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27430 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27431 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27432 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27433 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27434 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27435
27436 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27437 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27438 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27439 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27440 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27441 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27442
27443 \(fn)" t nil)
27444
27445 ;;;***
27446 \f
27447 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19886 45771))
27448 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27449
27450 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27451 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27452
27453 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27456 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27457
27458 \(fn)" t nil)
27459
27460 ;;;***
27461 \f
27462 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19977 43600))
27463 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27464
27465 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27466 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27467 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27468 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27469 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27470 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27471 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27472
27473 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27474 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27475 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27476 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27477
27478 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27479 \\{tar-mode-map}
27480
27481 \(fn)" t nil)
27482
27483 ;;;***
27484 \f
27485 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27486 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19890 42850))
27487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27488
27489 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27490 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27491 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27492 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27493 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27494 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27495
27496 Variables controlling indentation style:
27497 `tcl-indent-level'
27498 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27499 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27500 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27501
27502 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27503 documentation for details):
27504 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27505 Controls action of TAB key.
27506 `tcl-auto-newline'
27507 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27508 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27509 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27510 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27511 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27512
27513 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27514 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27515 already exist.
27516
27517 \(fn)" t nil)
27518
27519 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27520 Run inferior Tcl process.
27521 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27522 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27523
27524 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27527 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27528 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27529
27530 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27531
27532 ;;;***
27533 \f
27534 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19845 45374))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27536 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27537
27538 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27539 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27540 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27541 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27542
27543 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27544 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27545 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27546 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27547 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27548
27549 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27550 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27551
27552 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27553 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27554 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27555 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27556
27557 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27558
27559 ;;;***
27560 \f
27561 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27562 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
27563 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27564
27565 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27566 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27567 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27568 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27569 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27570 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27571
27572 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27575 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27576 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27577 commands to use in that buffer.
27578
27579 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27580
27581 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27584 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27585
27586 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27587
27588 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27589 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27590 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27591 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27592 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27593 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27594 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27595 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27596 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27597 use in that buffer.
27598 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27599
27600 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27601
27602 ;;;***
27603 \f
27604 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19931
27605 ;;;;;; 11784))
27606 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27607
27608 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27609 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27610 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27611 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27612 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27613 program as keyboard input.
27614
27615 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27616 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27617 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27618 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27619
27620 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27621 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27622 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27623 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27624 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27625
27626 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27627
27628 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27629 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27630 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27631 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27632
27633 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27634 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27635 subprocess started.
27636
27637 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27638
27639 ;;;***
27640 \f
27641 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27642 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
27643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27644
27645 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27646 Start coverage on function under point.
27647
27648 \(fn)" t nil)
27649
27650 ;;;***
27651 \f
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
27653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27654
27655 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27656 Play the Tetris game.
27657 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27658 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27659 as to form complete rows.
27660
27661 tetris-mode keybindings:
27662 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27663 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27664 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27665 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27666 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27667 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27668 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27669 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27670 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27671
27672 \(fn)" t nil)
27673
27674 ;;;***
27675 \f
27676 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27677 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27678 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27679 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27680 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27681 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27682 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27683 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27685
27686 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27687 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27688
27689 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27690
27691 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27692 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27693 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27694 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27695 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27696
27697 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27698
27699 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27700 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27701 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27702 if it matches the first line of the file,
27703 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27704
27705 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27706
27707 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27708 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27709 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27710 if the variable is non-nil.")
27711
27712 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27713
27714 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27715 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27716
27717 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27718
27719 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27720 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27721 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27722 See the documentation of that variable.")
27723
27724 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27725
27726 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27727 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27728 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27729 See the documentation of that variable.")
27730
27731 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27732
27733 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27734 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27735 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27736 See the documentation of that variable.")
27737
27738 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27739
27740 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27741 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27742 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27743 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27744 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27745
27746 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27747
27748 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27749 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27750 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27751 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27752
27753 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27754
27755 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27756 User defined LaTeX block names.
27757 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27758
27759 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27760
27761 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27762 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27763 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27764 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27765
27766 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27767
27768 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27769 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27770 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27771 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27772
27773 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27774
27775 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27776 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27777 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27778 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27779
27780 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27781 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27782 for example,
27783
27784 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27785 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27786
27787 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27788 use.")
27789
27790 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27791
27792 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27793 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27794 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27795 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27796 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27797
27798 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27799
27800 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27801
27802 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27803 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27804 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27805
27806 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27807
27808 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27809 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27810 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27811 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27812 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27813
27814 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27815
27816 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27817 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27818
27819 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27820
27821 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27822 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27823
27824 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27825
27826 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27827 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27828 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27829 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27830 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27831 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27832 says which mode to use.
27833
27834 \(fn)" t nil)
27835
27836 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27837
27838 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27839
27840 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27841
27842 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27843 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27844 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27845 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27846 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27847
27848 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27849 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27850 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27851 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27852 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27853 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27854 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27855
27856 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27857 mismatched $'s or braces.
27858
27859 Special commands:
27860 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27861
27862 Mode variables:
27863 tex-run-command
27864 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27865 tex-directory
27866 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27867 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27868 tex-dvi-print-command
27869 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27870 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27871 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27872 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27873 tex-dvi-view-command
27874 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27875 tex-show-queue-command
27876 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27877 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27878
27879 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27880 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27881 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27882
27883 \(fn)" t nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27886 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27887 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27888 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27889 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27890
27891 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27892 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27893 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27894 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27895 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27896 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27897 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27898
27899 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27900 mismatched $'s or braces.
27901
27902 Special commands:
27903 \\{latex-mode-map}
27904
27905 Mode variables:
27906 latex-run-command
27907 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27908 tex-directory
27909 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27910 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27911 tex-dvi-print-command
27912 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27913 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27914 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27915 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27916 tex-dvi-view-command
27917 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27918 tex-show-queue-command
27919 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27920 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27921
27922 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27923 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27924 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27925
27926 \(fn)" t nil)
27927
27928 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27929 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27930 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27931 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27932 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27933
27934 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27935 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27936 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27937 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27938 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27939 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27940 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27941
27942 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27943 mismatched $'s or braces.
27944
27945 Special commands:
27946 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27947
27948 Mode variables:
27949 slitex-run-command
27950 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27951 tex-directory
27952 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27953 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27954 tex-dvi-print-command
27955 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27956 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27957 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27958 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27959 tex-dvi-view-command
27960 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27961 tex-show-queue-command
27962 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27963 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27964
27965 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27966 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27967 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27968 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27969
27970 \(fn)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27973
27974
27975 \(fn)" nil nil)
27976
27977 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27978 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27979
27980 \(fn)" t nil)
27981
27982 ;;;***
27983 \f
27984 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27985 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
27986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27987
27988 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27989 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27990 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27991 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27992
27993 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27994 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27995 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27996
27997 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28000 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28001 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28002 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28003 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28004
28005 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28006
28007 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28008 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28009 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28010 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28011
28012 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28013 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28014 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28015 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28016
28017 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28018 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28019
28020 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28021
28022 ;;;***
28023 \f
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28025 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28027
28028 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28029 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28030
28031 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28032
28033 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28034 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28035
28036 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28037
28038 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28039 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28040
28041 It has these extra commands:
28042 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28043
28044 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28045 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28046 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28047 modified version of TeX input format.
28048
28049 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28050 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28051 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28052 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28053
28054 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28055 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28056 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28057 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28058 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28059 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28060 in the Texinfo file.
28061
28062 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28063 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28064 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28065 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28066 move forward past the closing brace.
28067
28068 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28069 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28070
28071 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28072 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28073 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28074
28075 Here are the functions:
28076
28077 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28078 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28079 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28080
28081 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28082 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28083 texinfo-master-menu
28084
28085 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28086
28087 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28088 which menu descriptions are indented.
28089
28090 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28091 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28092 in the region.
28093
28094 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28095 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28096 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28097 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28098
28099 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28100 be the first node in the file.
28101
28102 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28103 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28104
28105 \(fn)" t nil)
28106
28107 ;;;***
28108 \f
28109 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28110 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28111 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28113
28114 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28115 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28116 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28117 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28118
28119 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28120
28121 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28122 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28123
28124 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28125
28126 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28127 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28128
28129 \(fn)" t nil)
28130
28131 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28132
28133
28134 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28135
28136 ;;;***
28137 \f
28138 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28139 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28140 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19980 19797))
28141 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28142
28143 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28144 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28145
28146 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28147
28148 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28149 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28150 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28151 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28152 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28153
28154 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28155 a symbol as a valid THING.
28156
28157 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
28158 of the textual entity that was found.
28159
28160 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28161
28162 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28163 Return the THING at point.
28164 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28165 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28166 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28167
28168 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28169 a symbol as a valid THING.
28170
28171 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28172
28173 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28174 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28175
28176 \(fn)" nil nil)
28177
28178 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28179 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28180
28181 \(fn)" nil nil)
28182
28183 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28184 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28185
28186 \(fn)" nil nil)
28187
28188 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28189 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28190
28191 \(fn)" nil nil)
28192
28193 ;;;***
28194 \f
28195 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28196 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28197 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28199
28200 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28201 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28202
28203 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28204
28205 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28206 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28207 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28208 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28209
28210 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28211
28212 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28213 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28214
28215 \(fn)" t nil)
28216
28217 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28218 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28219
28220 \(fn)" t nil)
28221
28222 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28223
28224 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28225 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28226
28227 \(fn)" t nil)
28228
28229 ;;;***
28230 \f
28231 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28232 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28233 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28234 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28235 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
28236 ;;;;;; 45374))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28238
28239 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28240 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28241 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28242
28243 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28244
28245 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28246 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28247
28248 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28249
28250 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28251 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28252 The returned string has no composition information.
28253
28254 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28255
28256 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28257 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28258
28259 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28260
28261 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28262 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28263
28264 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28265
28266 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28267 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28268 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28269 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28270
28271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28272
28273 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28274 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28275 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28276 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28277
28278 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28279
28280 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28281 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28282 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28283
28284 \(fn)" t nil)
28285
28286 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28287 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28288 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28289
28290 \(fn)" t nil)
28291
28292 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28293
28294
28295 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28296
28297 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28298
28299
28300 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28301
28302 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28303
28304
28305 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28306
28307 ;;;***
28308 \f
28309 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28310 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28312
28313 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28314 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28315 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28316 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28317 parameters.
28318 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28319
28320 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28321
28322 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28323 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28324 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28325 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28326 parameters.
28327 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28328
28329 \(fn)" t nil)
28330
28331 ;;;***
28332 \f
28333 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28334 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28335 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19886 45771))
28336 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28337
28338 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28339 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28340
28341 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28342 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28343
28344 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28345 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28346 This display updates automatically every minute.
28347 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28348 are displayed as well.
28349 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28350
28351 \(fn)" t nil)
28352
28353 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28354 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28355 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28358 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28359
28360 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28361
28362 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28363 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28364 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28365
28366 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28367 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28368 customizing `display-time-interval').
28369 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28370 are displayed as well.
28371 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28372
28373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28374
28375 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28376 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28377 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28378 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28379
28380 \(fn)" t nil)
28381
28382 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28383 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28384 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28385 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28386
28387 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28388
28389 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28390 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28391
28392 \(fn)" t nil)
28393
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28397 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28398 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28399 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28400 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28401 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28402
28403 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28404 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28405 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28406
28407 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28408 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28409 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28410 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28411 (progn
28412 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28413 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28414 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28415
28416 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28417 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28418
28419 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28420
28421 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28422 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28423
28424 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28425
28426 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28427 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28428
28429 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28430
28431 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28432 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28433 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28434
28435 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28436
28437 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28438
28439 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28440 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28441 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28442
28443 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28444
28445 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28446 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28447
28448 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28449
28450 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28451 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28452 DATE should be a date-time string.
28453
28454 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28455
28456 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28457 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28458 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28459
28460 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28461
28462 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28463 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28464
28465 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28466
28467 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28468 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28469
28470 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28471
28472 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28473 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28474 TIME should be a time value.
28475 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28476
28477 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28478
28479 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28480 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28481 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28482
28483 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28484
28485 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28486 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28487 The valid format specifiers are:
28488 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28489 %d is the number of days.
28490 %h is the number of hours.
28491 %m is the number of minutes.
28492 %s is the number of seconds.
28493 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28494 %% is a literal \"%\".
28495
28496 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28497 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28498
28499 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28500 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28501 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28502
28503 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28504 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28505 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28506
28507 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28508
28509 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28510
28511 ;;;***
28512 \f
28513 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28514 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19886 45771))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28516 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28517 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28518 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28519 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28520 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28521 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28522 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28523 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28524
28525 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28526 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28527 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28528 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28529 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28530 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28531 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28532 look like one of the following:
28533 Time-stamp: <>
28534 Time-stamp: \" \"
28535 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28536 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28537 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28538 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28539 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28540 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28541 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28542 the template.
28543
28544 \(fn)" t nil)
28545
28546 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28547 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28548 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28549
28550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28551
28552 ;;;***
28553 \f
28554 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28555 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28556 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28557 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28558 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28560
28561 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28562 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28563 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28564 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28565 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28566 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28567 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28568 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28569 display (non-nil means on).
28570
28571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28572
28573 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28574 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28575 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28576 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28577 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28578 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28579 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28580 this function is called within a day.
28581
28582 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28583 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28584 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28585 discover the name of the project.
28586
28587 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28588
28589 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28590 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28591 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28592 begun during the last time segment.
28593
28594 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28595 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28596 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28597 discover the reason.
28598
28599 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28600
28601 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28602 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28603 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28604 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28605 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28606
28607 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28608
28609 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28610 Change to working on a different project.
28611 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28612 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28613 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28614 working on.
28615
28616 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28617
28618 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28619 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28620 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28621
28622 \(fn)" nil nil)
28623
28624 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28625 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28626 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28627
28628 \(fn)" t nil)
28629
28630 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28631 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28632 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28633 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28634 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28635 \"relative to today\".
28636
28637 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28638
28639 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28640 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28641 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28642 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28643
28644 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28645
28646 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28647 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28648 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28649 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28650 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28651 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28652
28653 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28654
28655 ;;;***
28656 \f
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28658 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28660
28661 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28662 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28663 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28664 the generated Quail package is saved.
28665
28666 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28667
28668 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28669 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28670 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28671 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28672 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28673 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28674 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28675
28676 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28677
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28681 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28683 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28684 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28685
28686 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28687 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28688 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28689 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28690 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28691
28692 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28693
28694 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28695 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28696 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28697 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28698 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28699
28700 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28703 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28704 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28705 in the menu in two ways:
28706 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28707 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28708 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28709
28710 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28711 keymap or an alist of alists.
28712 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28713 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28714
28715 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28716
28717 ;;;***
28718 \f
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28720 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28721 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28723
28724 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28725 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28726
28727 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28728
28729 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28730 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28731
28732 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28733
28734 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28735 Insert new TODO list entry.
28736 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28737 category.
28738
28739 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28740
28741 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28742 List top priorities for each category.
28743
28744 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28745 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28746
28747 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28748 between each category.
28749 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28750
28751 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28752
28753 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28754 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28755 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28756 between each category.
28757
28758 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28759
28760 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28761
28762 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28763 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28764
28765 \(fn)" t nil)
28766
28767 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28768 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28769
28770 \(fn)" nil nil)
28771
28772 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28773 Show TODO list.
28774
28775 \(fn)" t nil)
28776
28777 ;;;***
28778 \f
28779 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28780 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28781 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19886 45771))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28783
28784 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28785 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28786 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28787
28788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28789
28790 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28791 Add an item to the tool bar.
28792 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28793 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28794 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28795 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28796
28797 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28798 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28799 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28800 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28801
28802 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28803 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28804
28805 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28806
28807 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28808 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28809 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28810 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28811 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28812 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28813
28814 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28815 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28816 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28817 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28818
28819 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28820
28821 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28822 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28823 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28824 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28825 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28826 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28827 properties to add to the binding.
28828
28829 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28830
28831 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28832 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28833
28834 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28835
28836 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28837 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28838 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28839 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28840 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28841 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28842 properties to add to the binding.
28843
28844 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28845 holds a keymap.
28846
28847 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28848
28849 ;;;***
28850 \f
28851 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28852 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28854
28855 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28856 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28857 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28860 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28861
28862 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28863
28864 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28865 TPU/edt emulation.
28866
28867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28868
28869 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28870
28871 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28872 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28873
28874 \(fn)" t nil)
28875
28876 ;;;***
28877 \f
28878 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28879 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28881
28882 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28883 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28884
28885 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28886 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28887 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28888 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28889 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28890
28891 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28892 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28893 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28894 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28895 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28896
28897 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28898 (tpu-edt)
28899
28900 Known Problems:
28901
28902 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28903 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28904 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28905 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28906 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28907 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28908
28909 \(fn)" t nil)
28910
28911 ;;;***
28912 \f
28913 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28915
28916 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28917 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28918 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28919 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28920 to a tcp server on another machine.
28921
28922 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28923
28924 ;;;***
28925 \f
28926 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28927 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28929
28930 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28931 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28932
28933 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28934
28935 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28936 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28937 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28938 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28939 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28940 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28941 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28942 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28943
28944 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28945
28946 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28947 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28948 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28949 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28950 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28951 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28952 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28953 the window or buffer configuration.
28954
28955 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28956
28957 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28958
28959 ;;;***
28960 \f
28961 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28962 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28963 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28964 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19981 40664))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28966
28967 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28968 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28969 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28970
28971 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28972
28973 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28974 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28975
28976 It can have the following values:
28977
28978 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28979 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28980 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28981
28982 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28983
28984 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28985 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28986 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28987 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28988
28989 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28990
28991 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28992 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28993 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28994 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28995
28996 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28997 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28998 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28999
29000 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29001 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29002 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29003 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29004 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29005 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29006 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29007 files which are not really Tramp files.
29008
29009 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29010 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29011 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29012 updated after changing this variable.
29013
29014 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29015
29016 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
29017 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
29018 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
29019 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
29020
29021 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
29022 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29023 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29024 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29025
29026 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29027
29028 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
29029 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29030 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29031 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29032
29033 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
29034 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29035 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29036
29037 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29038 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29039 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29040
29041 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29042 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29043 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29044 updated after changing this variable.
29045
29046 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29047
29048 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29049 Alist of completion handler functions.
29050 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29051 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29052 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29053
29054 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29055 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29056 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29057 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29058
29059 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29060 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29061 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29062 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29063
29064 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29065 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29066 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29067
29068 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29069
29070 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29071 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29072 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29073
29074 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29075 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29076
29077 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29078
29079 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29080
29081
29082 \(fn)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29085 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29086
29087 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29090 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29091
29092 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29095 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29096
29097 \(fn)" t nil)
29098
29099 ;;;***
29100 \f
29101 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29102 ;;;;;; (19946 29209))
29103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29104
29105 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29106
29107
29108 \(fn)" nil nil)
29109
29110 ;;;***
29111 \f
29112 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19845
29113 ;;;;;; 45374))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29115
29116 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29117 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29118 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29119 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29120 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29121 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29122 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29123 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29124
29125 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29126 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29127 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29128
29129 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29130 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29131 resumed later.
29132
29133 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29134
29135 ;;;***
29136 \f
29137 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29138 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29140
29141 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29142
29143
29144 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29145
29146 ;;;***
29147 \f
29148 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29149 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
29150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29151 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29152 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29153 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29154
29155 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29156 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29157 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29158 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29159 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29160 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29161 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29162
29163 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29164
29165 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29166 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29167 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29168 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29169
29170 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29171
29172 \(fn)" t nil)
29173
29174 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29175 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29176 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29177 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29178 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29179 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29180 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29181
29182 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29183 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29184
29185 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29186 \\___/\\
29187 / \\
29188 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29189
29190 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29191
29192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29193
29194 ;;;***
29195 \f
29196 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29197 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29198 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29199 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29200 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
29201 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29202
29203 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29204 Toggle typing break mode.
29205 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29207 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29208
29209 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29210
29211 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29212 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29213
29214 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29215
29216 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29217 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29218
29219 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29220 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29221 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29222
29223 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29224 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29225
29226 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29227
29228 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29229 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29230
29231 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29232 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29233 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29234 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29235
29236 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29237
29238 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29239 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29240 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29241
29242 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29243 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29244 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29245 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29246 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29247 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29248
29249 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29250 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29251 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29252 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29253
29254 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29255 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29256
29257 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29258 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29259
29260 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29261
29262 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29263 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29264 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29265
29266 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29267 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29268 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29269 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29270 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29271 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29272 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29273
29274 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29275 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29276
29277 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29278 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29279 reset the keystroke counter.
29280
29281 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29282 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29283 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29284 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29285
29286 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29287 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29288 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29289 `type-break-schedule' command.
29290
29291 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29292 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29293 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29294 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29295 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29296 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29297 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29298 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29299 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29300
29301 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29302 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29303 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29304 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29305 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29306
29307 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29308 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29309 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29310 approximate good values for this.
29311
29312 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29313 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29314
29315 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29316 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29317 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29318 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29319 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29320 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29321
29322 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29323 a typing break occur. They include:
29324
29325 `type-break-query-mode'
29326 `type-break-query-function'
29327 `type-break-query-interval'
29328
29329 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29330
29331 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29332 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29333 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29334 problems.
29335
29336 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29337
29338 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29339 Take a typing break.
29340
29341 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29342 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29343
29344 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29345 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29346
29347 \(fn)" t nil)
29348
29349 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29350 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29351 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29352 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29353
29354 \(fn)" t nil)
29355
29356 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29357 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29358
29359 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29360 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29361 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29362 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29363 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29364 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29365 average typing speed.)
29366
29367 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29368 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29369 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29370 the computed maximum threshold.
29371
29372 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29373 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29374 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29375 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29376 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29377
29378 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29379
29380 ;;;***
29381 \f
29382 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29384
29385 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29386 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29387 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29388 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29389 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29390
29391 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29392
29393 ;;;***
29394 \f
29395 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29396 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29397 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29398 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29399 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29400 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19845 45374))
29401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29402
29403 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29404 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29405
29406 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29407
29408 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29409 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29410
29411 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29414 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29415
29416 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29417
29418 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29419 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29420
29421 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29424 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29425
29426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29427
29428 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29429 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29430
29431 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29432
29433 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29434 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29435
29436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29439 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29440
29441 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29442
29443 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29444 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29445
29446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29447
29448 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29449 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29450
29451 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29452
29453 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29454 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29455
29456 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29457
29458 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29459 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29460
29461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29462
29463 ;;;***
29464 \f
29465 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29466 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29468
29469 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29470 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29471 Works by overstriking underscores.
29472 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29473 which specify the range to operate on.
29474
29475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29476
29477 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29478 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29479 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29480 which specify the range to operate on.
29481
29482 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29483
29484 ;;;***
29485 \f
29486 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29487 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29488 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29489
29490 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29491 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29492 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29493 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29494 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29495 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29496
29497 \(fn)" nil nil)
29498
29499 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29500 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29501
29502 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29503
29504 ;;;***
29505 \f
29506 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29507 ;;;;;; 45374))
29508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29509
29510 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29511 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29512 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29513 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29514
29515 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29516
29517 ;;;***
29518 \f
29519 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29520 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29522
29523 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29524 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29525 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29526
29527 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29528 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29529 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29530 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29531 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29532 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29533
29534 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29535 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29536 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29537
29538 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29539 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29540 the callback is not called).
29541
29542 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29543 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29544 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29545 take effect.
29546
29547 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29548
29549 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29550
29551 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29552 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29553 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29554 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29555 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29556
29557 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29558
29559 ;;;***
29560 \f
29561 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29562 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29564
29565 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29566 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29567 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29568
29569 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29570 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29571 `url-generic-parse-url'
29572 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29573 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29574 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29575 realm
29576 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29577 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29578 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29579 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29580 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29581 what type of auth to use
29582 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29583 if one cannot be found in the cache
29584
29585 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29586
29587 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29588 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29589
29590 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29591 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29592 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29593 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29594 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29595 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29596 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29597 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29598
29599 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29600
29601 ;;;***
29602 \f
29603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29604 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19845 45374))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29606
29607 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29608 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29609
29610 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29611
29612 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29613 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29614 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29615
29616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29617
29618 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29619 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29620
29621 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29622
29623 ;;;***
29624 \f
29625 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29627
29628 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29629
29630
29631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29632
29633 ;;;***
29634 \f
29635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29636 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29638
29639 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29640
29641
29642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29643
29644 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29645
29646
29647 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29648
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29652 ;;;;;; 45374))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29654
29655 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29656 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29657
29658 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29659
29660 ;;;***
29661 \f
29662 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29663 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29665
29666 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29667 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29668
29669 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29672 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29673 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29674 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29675 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29676
29677 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29678
29679 ;;;***
29680 \f
29681 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29682 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29683 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29685
29686 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29687 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29688 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29691 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29692
29693 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29694
29695 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29696 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29697
29698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29699
29700 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29701 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29702 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29703 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29704
29705 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29706
29707 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29708 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29709 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29710 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29711 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29712 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29713 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29714 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29715 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29716 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29717
29718 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29719
29720 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29721 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29722 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29723 accessible.
29724
29725 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29726
29727 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29728
29729
29730 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29731
29732 ;;;***
29733 \f
29734 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29735 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19882 48702))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29737
29738 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29739 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29740 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29741 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29742 CBARGS as the arguments.
29743
29744 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29745
29746 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29747
29748
29749 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29750
29751 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29752
29753 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29754
29755
29756 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29757
29758 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29759 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29760 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29761
29762 Property list members:
29763
29764 methods
29765 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29766 supports.
29767
29768 dav
29769 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29770 supported.
29771
29772 dasl
29773 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29774
29775 ranges
29776 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29777
29778 p3p
29779 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29780 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29781 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29782 Emacs/W3.
29783
29784 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29785
29786 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29787 Default HTTPS port.")
29788
29789 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29790 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29791 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29792
29793 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29794 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29795 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29796 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29797 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29798
29799 ;;;***
29800 \f
29801 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29802 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29803
29804 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29805
29806
29807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29808
29809 ;;;***
29810 \f
29811 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29812 ;;;;;; 45374))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29814
29815 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29816 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29817 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29818 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29819 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29820
29821 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29822
29823 ;;;***
29824 \f
29825 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29826 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29827 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29828
29829 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29830
29831
29832 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29833
29834 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29835 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29836
29837 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29838
29839 ;;;***
29840 \f
29841 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29842 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
29843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29844
29845 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29846 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29847
29848 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29849
29850 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29851 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29852
29853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29854
29855 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29856
29857
29858 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29859
29860 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29861
29862 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29863
29864 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29865
29866 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29867 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29868
29869 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29870
29871 ;;;***
29872 \f
29873 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29874 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29876
29877 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29878
29879
29880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29881
29882 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29883
29884
29885 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29886
29887 ;;;***
29888 \f
29889 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29890 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29891 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29892 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29893
29894 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29895
29896
29897 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29898
29899 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29900
29901
29902 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29903
29904 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29905
29906
29907 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29908
29909 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29910
29911
29912 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29913
29914 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29915
29916
29917 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29918
29919 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29920
29921
29922 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29923
29924 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29925
29926
29927 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29928
29929 ;;;***
29930 \f
29931 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29932 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
29933 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29934
29935 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29936 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29937
29938 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29939
29940 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29941 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29942 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29943 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29944
29945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29946
29947 ;;;***
29948 \f
29949 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29950 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29951 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29952
29953 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29954 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29955
29956 \(fn)" t nil)
29957
29958 ;;;***
29959 \f
29960 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29961 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
29962 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29963
29964 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29965 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29966 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
29967 controls the level of parallelism via the
29968 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
29969
29970 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29971
29972 ;;;***
29973 \f
29974 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29975 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29976 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29977 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29978 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29979 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29980 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
29981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29982
29983 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29984 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29985 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29986
29987 If t, all messages will be logged.
29988 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29989 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29990
29991 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29992
29993 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29994
29995
29996 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29997
29998 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29999
30000
30001 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30002
30003 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30004 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30005 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30006 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30007 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30008 & ==> &amp;
30009 < ==> &lt;
30010 > ==> &gt;
30011 \" ==> &quot;
30012
30013 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30014
30015 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30016 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30017 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30018
30019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30020
30021 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30022 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30023 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30024
30025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30026
30027 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30028 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30029
30030 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30031
30032 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30033 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30034
30035 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30036
30037 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30038 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30039
30040 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30041
30042 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30043
30044
30045 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30046
30047 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30048
30049
30050 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30051
30052 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30053
30054
30055 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30056
30057 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30058
30059 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30060 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30061
30062 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30063
30064 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30065 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30066
30067 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30068
30069 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30070
30071
30072 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30073
30074 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30075 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30076 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30077 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30078 forbidden in URL encoding.
30079
30080 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30081
30082 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30083 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30084 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30085 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30086 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30087 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30088
30089 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30090
30091 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30092 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30093 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30094 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30095
30096 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30097
30098 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30099 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30100 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30101
30102 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30103
30104 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30105 View the current document's URL.
30106 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30107 the minibuffer.
30108
30109 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30110
30111 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30112
30113 ;;;***
30114 \f
30115 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30116 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30118
30119 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30120 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30121 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30122 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30123 to refrain from editing the file
30124 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30125 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30126 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30127 in any way you like.
30128
30129 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30130
30131 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30132 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30133 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30134 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30135 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30136
30137 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30138 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30139
30140 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30141
30142 ;;;***
30143 \f
30144 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30145 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30146 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
30147 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30148
30149 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30150
30151
30152 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30153
30154 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30155
30156
30157 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30158
30159 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30160
30161
30162 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30163
30164 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30165
30166
30167 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30168
30169 ;;;***
30170 \f
30171 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30173
30174 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30175 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30176
30177 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30178
30179 ;;;***
30180 \f
30181 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30182 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30183 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30184 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30185
30186 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30187 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30188 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30189 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30190
30191 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30192
30193 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30194 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30195 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30196
30197 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30198
30199 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30200 Uudecode region between START and END.
30201 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30202
30203 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30204
30205 ;;;***
30206 \f
30207 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30208 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30209 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30210 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30211 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30212 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30213 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19976
30214 ;;;;;; 22732))
30215 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30216
30217 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30218 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30219 See `run-hooks'.")
30220
30221 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30222
30223 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30224 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30225 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30226
30227 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30228
30229 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30230 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30231 See `run-hooks'.")
30232
30233 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30234
30235 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30236 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30237 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30238
30239 For locking systems:
30240 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30241 control.
30242 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30243 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30244 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30245 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30246 it performs a revert on that file.
30247 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30248 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30249 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30250 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30251 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30252 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30253 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30254
30255 For merging systems:
30256 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30257 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30258 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30259 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30260 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30261 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30262 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30263 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30264 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30265
30266 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30267
30268 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30269 Register into a version control system.
30270 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30271 Otherwise register the current file.
30272 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30273 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30274
30275 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30276 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30277 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30278 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30279 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30280 first backend that could register the file is used.
30281
30282 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30283
30284 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30285 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30286
30287 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30288
30289 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30290 Display diffs between file revisions.
30291 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30292 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30293 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30294
30295 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30296 saving the buffer.
30297
30298 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30299
30300 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30301 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30302 repository history using ediff.
30303
30304 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30305
30306 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30307 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30308 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30309 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30310 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30311
30312 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30313 saving the buffer.
30314
30315 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30316
30317 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30318 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30319 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30320 fileset with the working revision.
30321 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30322 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30323
30324 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30325 saving the buffer.
30326
30327 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30328
30329 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30330 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30331 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30332 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30333
30334 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30335
30336 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30337 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30338 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30339 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30340
30341 \(fn)" t nil)
30342
30343 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30344 Perform a version control merge operation.
30345 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30346 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30347 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30348
30349 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30350 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30351 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30352 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30353 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30354 changes from the current branch.
30355
30356 \(fn)" t nil)
30357
30358 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30359
30360 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30361 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30362 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30363 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30364 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30365 checked out in that new branch.
30366
30367 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30368
30369 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30370 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30371 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30372 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30373 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30374 allowed and simply skipped).
30375
30376 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30377
30378 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30379 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30380 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30381 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30382 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30383
30384 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30385 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30386
30387 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30388
30389 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30390 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30391 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30392 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30393 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30394
30395 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30396
30397 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30398 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30399 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30400
30401 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30402
30403 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30404 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30405 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30406
30407 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30408
30409 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30410 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30411 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30412 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30413
30414 \(fn)" t nil)
30415
30416 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30417 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30418 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30419 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30420
30421 \(fn)" t nil)
30422
30423 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30424
30425 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30426 Update the current fileset or branch.
30427 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30428 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30429 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30430
30431 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30432 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30433 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30434 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30435 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30436
30437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30438
30439 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30440
30441 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30442 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30443 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30444 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30445 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30446 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30447 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30448
30449 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30450
30451 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30452 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30453 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30454 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30455 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30456 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30457 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30458 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30459 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30460
30461 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30462
30463 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30464 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30465
30466 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30467
30468 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30469 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30470
30471 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30472
30473 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30474 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30475 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30476 directory.
30477
30478 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30479
30480 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30481 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30482 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30483
30484 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30485 log entries should be gathered.
30486
30487 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30488
30489 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30490 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30491
30492 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30493
30494 ;;;***
30495 \f
30496 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30497 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30499
30500 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30501 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30502
30503 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30504 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30505 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30506 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30507 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30508 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30509
30510 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30511 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30512 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30513 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30514 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30515 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30516 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30517 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30518
30519 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30520
30521 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30522
30523 Customization variables:
30524
30525 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30526 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30527 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30528 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30529
30530 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30531
30532 ;;;***
30533 \f
30534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19845 45374))
30535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30536 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30537 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30538 (progn
30539 (load "vc-arch")
30540 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30541
30542 ;;;***
30543 \f
30544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19931 34253))
30545 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30546
30547 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30548 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30549
30550 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30551 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30552 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30553 (progn
30554 (load "vc-bzr")
30555 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30556
30557 ;;;***
30558 \f
30559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30561 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30562 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30563 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30564 (load "vc-cvs")
30565 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30566
30567 ;;;***
30568 \f
30569 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19930 13389))
30570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30571
30572 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30573 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30574 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30575 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30576 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30577
30578 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30579 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30580 The file lines appear later.
30581
30582 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30583 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30584
30585 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30586
30587 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30588
30589 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30590
30591 ;;;***
30592 \f
30593 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30594 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30596
30597 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30598 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30599 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30600 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30601 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30602 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30603 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30604 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30605 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30606 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30607 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30608 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30609 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30610 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30611 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30612
30613 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30614
30615 ;;;***
30616 \f
30617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19845 45374))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30619 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30620 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30621 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30622 (progn
30623 (load "vc-git")
30624 (vc-git-registered file))))
30625
30626 ;;;***
30627 \f
30628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30630 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30631 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30632 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30633 (progn
30634 (load "vc-hg")
30635 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30636
30637 ;;;***
30638 \f
30639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30640 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30641
30642 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30643
30644 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30645 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30646 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30647 (progn
30648 (load "vc-mtn")
30649 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30650
30651 ;;;***
30652 \f
30653 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30654 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30656
30657 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30658 Where to look for RCS master files.
30659 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30660
30661 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30662
30663 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30664
30665 ;;;***
30666 \f
30667 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30668 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30669 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30670
30671 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30672 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30673 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30674
30675 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30676 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30677
30678 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30679 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30680 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30681 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30682
30683 ;;;***
30684 \f
30685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30687 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30688 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30689 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30690 "_svn")
30691 (t ".svn"))))
30692 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30693 (load "vc-svn")
30694 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30695
30696 ;;;***
30697 \f
30698 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30699 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
30700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30701 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30702
30703 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30704 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30705
30706 Usage:
30707 ------
30708
30709 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30710 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30711 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30712 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30713
30714 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30715 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30716 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30717 completions.
30718
30719 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30720 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30721
30722 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30723 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30724
30725 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30726 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30727 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30728
30729 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30730
30731
30732 Maintenance:
30733 ------------
30734
30735 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30736 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30737
30738 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30739
30740 Official distribution is at
30741 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30742
30743
30744 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30745 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30746
30747 Key bindings:
30748 -------------
30749
30750 \\{vera-mode-map}
30751
30752 \(fn)" t nil)
30753
30754 ;;;***
30755 \f
30756 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30757 ;;;;;; (19973 46551))
30758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30759
30760 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30761 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30762 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30763 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30764 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30765
30766 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30767
30768 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30769 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30770
30771 Supports highlighting.
30772
30773 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30774 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30775
30776 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30777
30778 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30779 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30780 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30781 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30782 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30783 on the left side of your screen.
30784 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30785 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30786 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30787 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30788 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30789 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30790 function keyword.
30791 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30792 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30793 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30794 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30795 if (a)
30796 begin
30797 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30798 Indentation for case statements.
30799 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30800 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30801 mark after an end.
30802 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30803 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30804 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30805 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30806 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30807 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30808 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30809 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30810 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30811 if (a)
30812 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30813 otherwise you get:
30814 if (a)
30815 begin
30816 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30817 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30818 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30819 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30820 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30821 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30822 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30823 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30824 comments in tight quarters.
30825 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30826 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30827
30828 Variables controlling other actions:
30829
30830 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30831 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30832 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30833
30834 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30835
30836 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30837
30838 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30839 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30840 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30841
30842 Some other functions are:
30843
30844 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30845 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30846 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30847 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30848 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30849
30850 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30851 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30852 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30853 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30854
30855 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30856 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30857 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30858 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30859 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30860 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30861 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30862 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30863 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30864 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30865 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30866 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30867 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30868 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30869 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30870 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30871 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30872 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30873 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30874 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30875 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30876 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30877 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30878 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30879 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30880 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30881 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30882 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30883
30884 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30885 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30886
30887 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30888
30889 \(fn)" t nil)
30890
30891 ;;;***
30892 \f
30893 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30894 ;;;;;; (19914 25180))
30895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30896
30897 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30898 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30899
30900 Usage:
30901 ------
30902
30903 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30904 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30905 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30906 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30907 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30908 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30909 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30910 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30911 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30912
30913 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30914 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30915 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30916 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30917
30918 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30919 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30920 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30921 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30922 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30923
30924 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30925 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30926
30927
30928 HEADER INSERTION:
30929 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30930 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30931 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30932
30933
30934 STUTTERING:
30935 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30936 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30937 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30938 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30939
30940 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30941 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30942 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30943 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30944 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30945
30946
30947 WORD COMPLETION:
30948 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30949 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30950 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30951 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30952
30953 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30954 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30955 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30956 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30957 beginning with \"std\").
30958
30959 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30960 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30961 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30962 stop.
30963
30964
30965 COMMENTS:
30966 `--' puts a single comment.
30967 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30968 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30969 with a comment in between.
30970 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30971 out following lines.
30972 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30973 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30974
30975 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30976 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30977 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30978 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30979 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30980 non-nil.
30981
30982 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30983 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30984 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30985 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30986 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30987 multi-line comments.
30988
30989
30990 INDENTATION:
30991 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30992 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30993 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30994 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30995
30996 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30997 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30998 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30999 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31000
31001 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31002 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31003 and vice versa.
31004
31005 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31006 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31007
31008
31009 ALIGNMENT:
31010 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31011 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31012 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31013 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31014 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31015 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31016 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31017 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31018
31019 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31020 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31021 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31022 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31023 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31024 is non-nil.
31025
31026 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31027 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31028 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31029
31030 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31031 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31032
31033
31034 CODE FILLING:
31035 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31036 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31037 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31038 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31039 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31040 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31041
31042
31043 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31044 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31045 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31046 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31047 command:
31048
31049 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31050
31051
31052 PORT TRANSLATION:
31053 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31054 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31055 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31056 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31057 internal signal initializations (menu).
31058
31059 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31060 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31061 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31062
31063 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31064 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31065 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31066 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31067 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31068 in subsequent paste operations.)
31069
31070 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31071 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31072 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31073
31074
31075 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31076 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31077 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31078 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31079 association list with formals).
31080
31081
31082 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31083 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31084 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31085 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31086 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31087 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31088 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31089 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31090 `vhdl-testbench'.
31091
31092
31093 KEY BINDINGS:
31094 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31095
31096
31097 VHDL MENU:
31098 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31099
31100
31101 FILE BROWSER:
31102 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31103 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31104 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31105
31106 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31107 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31108
31109
31110 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31111 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31112 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31113 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31114
31115 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31116 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31117 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31118
31119 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31120 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31121 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31122 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31123
31124 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31125 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31126 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31127 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31128 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31129
31130 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31131 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31132 required by secondary units.
31133
31134
31135 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31136 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31137 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31138 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31139 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31140 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31141 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31142 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31143 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31144 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31145 inputs to this component -> input port created
31146 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31147 outputs from this component -> output port created
31148 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31149 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31150
31151 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31152 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31153 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31154 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31155 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31156
31157 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31158 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31159
31160 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31161 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31162 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31163 component instantiation is also supported (option
31164 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31165
31166 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31167 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31168 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31169 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31170 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31171 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31172 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31173 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31174 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31175 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31176 | generating the configuration.
31177 |
31178 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31179 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31180 | configurations in speedbar.
31181
31182 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31183
31184
31185 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31186 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31187 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31188 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31189 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31190 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31191 information. New compilers can be added.
31192
31193 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31194 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31195
31196
31197 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31198 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31199 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31200 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31201 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31202
31203 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31204 command:
31205
31206 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31207 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31208 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31209
31210 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31211 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31212 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31213 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31214 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31215 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31216 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31217
31218 Limitations:
31219 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31220 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31221 not (yet) supported.
31222 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31223 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31224 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31225
31226
31227 PROJECTS:
31228 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31229 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31230 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31231 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31232 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31233 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31234 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31235 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31236
31237 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31238 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31239 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31240 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31241 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31242 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31243 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31244 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31245 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31246 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31247 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31248
31249
31250 SPECIAL MENUES:
31251 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31252 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31253 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31254 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31255 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31256 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31257 current directory for VHDL source files.
31258
31259
31260 VHDL STANDARDS:
31261 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31262 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31263
31264
31265 KEYWORD CASE:
31266 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31267 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31268 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31269 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31270 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31271 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31272 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31273 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31274
31275
31276 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31277 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31278 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31279 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31280 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31281 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31282 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31283
31284 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31285 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31286 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31287 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31288 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31289 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31290
31291 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31292 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31293 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31294 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31295 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31296 visually.
31297
31298 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31299 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31300 highlighted if written in lower case.
31301
31302 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31303 highlighted using a different background color if option
31304 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31305
31306 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31307 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31308 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31309 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31310 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31311
31312
31313 USER MODELS:
31314 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31315 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31316 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31317
31318
31319 HIDE/SHOW:
31320 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31321 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31322 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31323 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31324 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31325
31326
31327 CODE UPDATING:
31328 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31329 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31330 Limitations:
31331 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31332 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31333 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31334 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31335 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31336 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31337 (used to obtain the port names).
31338
31339
31340 CODE FIXING:
31341 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31342 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31343
31344
31345 PRINTING:
31346 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31347 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31348 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31349 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31350 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31351 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31352 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31353 printers.
31354
31355
31356 OPTIONS:
31357 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31358 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31359 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31360 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31361 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31362
31363 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31364 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31365 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31366 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31367 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31368 INSTALL file).
31369
31370 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31371 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31372
31373
31374 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31375 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31376 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31377 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31378
31379 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31380
31381
31382 HINTS:
31383 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31384 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31385
31386 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31387
31388 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31389
31390 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31391
31392
31393 RELEASE NOTES:
31394 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31395
31396
31397 Maintenance:
31398 ------------
31399
31400 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31401 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31402
31403 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31404
31405 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31406 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31407 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31408 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31409
31410 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31411 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31412 where the latest version can be found.
31413
31414
31415 Known problems:
31416 ---------------
31417
31418 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31419 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31420 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31421
31422
31423 The VHDL Mode Authors
31424 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31425
31426 Key bindings:
31427 -------------
31428
31429 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31430
31431 \(fn)" t nil)
31432
31433 ;;;***
31434 \f
31435 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31437
31438 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31439 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31440 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31441 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31442
31443 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31444 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31445 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31446 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31447 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31448
31449 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31450 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31451
31452 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31453
31454 * Limitations and unsupported features
31455 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31456 not supported.
31457 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31458 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31459
31460 * Modifications
31461 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31462 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31463 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31464 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31465 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31466 for undoing a repeated change command.
31467 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31468 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31469 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31470
31471 * Extensions
31472 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31473 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31474 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31475 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31476 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31477 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31478 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31479 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31480
31481 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31482
31483 \(fn)" t nil)
31484
31485 ;;;***
31486 \f
31487 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31488 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31489 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31490 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31492
31493 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31494 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31495
31496 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31497
31498 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31499 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31500 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31501 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31502
31503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31504
31505 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31506 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31507
31508 \(fn)" t nil)
31509
31510 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31511 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31512 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31513 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31514
31515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31516
31517 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31518 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31519
31520 \(fn)" t nil)
31521
31522 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31523
31524
31525 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31526
31527 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31528
31529
31530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31531
31532 ;;;***
31533 \f
31534 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31535 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31536 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31537 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31538 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19958 33091))
31539 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31540
31541 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31542 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31543 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31544
31545 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31546
31547 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31548 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31549 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31550 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31551
31552 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31553
31554 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31555 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31556
31557 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31558
31559 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31560 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31561 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31562 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31563 moving around in the buffer.
31564 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31565 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31566
31567 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31568
31569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31570
31571 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31572 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31573 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31574 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31575
31576 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31577 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31578 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31579 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31580 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31581
31582 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31583
31584 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31585
31586 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31587 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31588 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31589 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31590 buffer.
31591
31592 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31593 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31594 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31595 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31596 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31597
31598 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31599
31600 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31601
31602 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31603 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31604 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31605 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31606 moving around in the buffer.
31607 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31608 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31609
31610 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31611
31612 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31613 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31614 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31615
31616 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31617 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31618 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31619 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31620
31621 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31622
31623 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31624 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31625 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31626 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31627 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31628 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31629 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31630
31631 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31632
31633 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31634
31635 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31636 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31637 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31638
31639 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31640
31641 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31642 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31643 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31644 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31645 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31646 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31647 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31648
31649 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31650
31651 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31652
31653 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31654 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31655 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31656
31657 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31658
31659 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31660 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31661 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31662 turn it off.
31663
31664 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31665 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31666 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31667 read-only.
31668 \\<view-mode-map>
31669 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31670 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31671 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31672 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31673 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31674
31675 H, h, ? This message.
31676 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31677 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31678 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31679 > move to the end of buffer.
31680 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31681 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31682 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31683 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31684 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31685 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31686 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31687 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31688 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31689 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31690 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31691 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31692 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31693 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31694 Use this to view a changing file.
31695 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31696 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31697 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31698 . set the mark.
31699 x exchanges point and mark.
31700 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31701 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31702 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31703 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31704 ' go to position saved in character register.
31705 s do forward incremental search.
31706 r do reverse incremental search.
31707 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31708 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31709 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31710 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31711 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31712 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31713 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31714 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31715 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31716 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31717 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31718 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31719 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31720 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31721 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31722 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31723 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31724
31725 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31726 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31727 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31728 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31729 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31730 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31731 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31732 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31733 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31734
31735 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31736
31737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31738
31739 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31740 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31741 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31742 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31743 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31744 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31745 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31746 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31747 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31748
31749 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31750
31751 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31752 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31753 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31754 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31755 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31756 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31757
31758 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31759 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31760 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31761
31762 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31763
31764 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31765
31766 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31769 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31770
31771 \(fn)" t nil)
31772
31773 ;;;***
31774 \f
31775 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31776 ;;;;;; 45374))
31777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31778
31779 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31780 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31781
31782 \(fn)" nil nil)
31783
31784 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31785 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31786
31787 \(fn)" t nil)
31788
31789 ;;;***
31790 \f
31791 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31792 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
31793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31794
31795 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31796 Toggle Viper on/off.
31797 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31798
31799 \(fn)" t nil)
31800
31801 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31802 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31803
31804 \(fn)" t nil)
31805
31806 ;;;***
31807 \f
31808 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31809 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
31810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31811
31812 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31813 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31814 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31815 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31816 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31817 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31818 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31819 the beginning of the warning.")
31820
31821 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31822 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31823 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31824 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31825 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31826 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31827 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31828 also call that function before the next warning.")
31829
31830 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31831 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31832
31833 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31834 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31835 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31836 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31837
31838 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31839 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31840 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31841 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31842 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31843 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31844
31845 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31846 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31847 Default is :warning.
31848
31849 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31850 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31851 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31852 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31853 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31854 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31855
31856 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31857 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31858 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31859
31860 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31861
31862 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31863 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31864
31865 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31866
31867 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31868 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31869 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31870 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31871
31872 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31873 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31874 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31875 can be whatever you like.)
31876
31877 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31878 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31879
31880 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31881 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31882 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31883 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31884 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31885
31886 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31887
31888 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31889 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31890 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31891 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31892 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31893
31894 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31895
31896 ;;;***
31897 \f
31898 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31899 ;;;;;; (19913 4309))
31900 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31901
31902 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31903 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31904 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31905 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31906 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31907 in disk.
31908
31909 See `wdired-mode'.
31910
31911 \(fn)" t nil)
31912
31913 ;;;***
31914 \f
31915 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19931 11784))
31916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31917
31918 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31919 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31920
31921 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31922 hotlist.
31923
31924 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31925 <nwv@acm.org>.
31926
31927 \(fn)" t nil)
31928
31929 ;;;***
31930 \f
31931 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31932 ;;;;;; (19915 46047))
31933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31934 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31935 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31936
31937 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31938
31939 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31940 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31941 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31944 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31945
31946 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31947
31948 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31949 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31950 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31951 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31952
31953 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31954 and off otherwise.
31955
31956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31957
31958 ;;;***
31959 \f
31960 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31961 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31962 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31963 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19905 10215))
31964 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31965
31966 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31967 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31968
31969 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31970 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31971 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31972
31973 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31974 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31975
31976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31977
31978 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31979 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31980
31981 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31982 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31983 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31984
31985 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31986 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31987 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31988 use `whitespace-mode'.
31989
31990 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31991
31992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31993
31994 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31995 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31996 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31998 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31999 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32000
32001 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32002
32003 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32004 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
32005
32006 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32007 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32008 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32009
32010 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32011 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32012
32013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32014
32015 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32016 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32017 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32020 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32021
32022 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32023
32024 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32025 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
32026
32027 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32028 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32029 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32030
32031 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32032 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32033 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32034 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32035
32036 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32037
32038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32039
32040 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32041 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32042
32043 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32044 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32045
32046 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32047 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32048
32049 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32050
32051 CHAR MEANING
32052 (VIA FACES)
32053 f toggle face visualization
32054 t toggle TAB visualization
32055 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32056 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32057 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32058 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32059 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32060 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32061 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32062 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32063 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32064 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32065 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32066 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32067 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32068 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32069 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32070
32071 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32072 T toggle TAB visualization
32073 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32074 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32075
32076 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32077 ? display brief help
32078
32079 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32080 The valid symbols are:
32081
32082 face toggle face visualization
32083 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32084 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32085 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32086 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32087 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32088 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32089 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32090 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32091 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32092 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32093 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32094 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32095 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32096 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32097 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32098 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32099
32100 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32101 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32102 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32103
32104 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32105
32106 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32107
32108 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32109
32110 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32111 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32112
32113 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32114 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32115
32116 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32117 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32118
32119 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32120
32121 CHAR MEANING
32122 (VIA FACES)
32123 f toggle face visualization
32124 t toggle TAB visualization
32125 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32126 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32127 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32128 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32129 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32130 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32131 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32132 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32133 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32134 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32135 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32136 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32137 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32138 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32139 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32140
32141 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32142 T toggle TAB visualization
32143 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32144 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32145
32146 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32147 ? display brief help
32148
32149 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32150 The valid symbols are:
32151
32152 face toggle face visualization
32153 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32154 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32155 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32156 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32157 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32158 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32159 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32160 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32161 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32162 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32163 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32164 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32165 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32166 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32167 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32168 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32169
32170 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32171 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32172 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32173
32174 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32175
32176 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32177
32178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32179
32180 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32181 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32182
32183 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32184 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32185 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32186 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32187 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32188
32189 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32190
32191 The problems cleaned up are:
32192
32193 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32194 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32195 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32196 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32197
32198 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32199 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32200 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32201 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32202 SPACEs.
32203 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32204 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32205 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32206 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32207
32208 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32209 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32210 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32211 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32212 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32213 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32214 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32215 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32216
32217 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32218 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32219 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32220
32221 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32223 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32224 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32226 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32227 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32228 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32229
32230 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32231 documentation.
32232
32233 \(fn)" t nil)
32234
32235 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32236 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32237
32238 The problems cleaned up are:
32239
32240 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32241 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32242 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32243 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32244 SPACEs.
32245 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32246 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32247 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32248 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32249
32250 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32251 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32252 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32253 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32254 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32255 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32256 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32257 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32258
32259 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32260 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32261 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32262
32263 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32265 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32266 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32268 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32269 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32270 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32271
32272 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32273 documentation.
32274
32275 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32276
32277 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32278 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32279
32280 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32281 non-nil.
32282
32283 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32284 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32285 `whitespace-style' to have:
32286
32287 empty
32288 trailing
32289 indentation
32290 space-before-tab
32291 space-after-tab
32292
32293 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32294 whitespace problems in buffer.
32295
32296 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32297
32298 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32299 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32300 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32301 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32302 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32303 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32304 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32305
32306 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32307 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32308 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32309 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32310 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32311 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32312 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32313
32314 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32315 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32316 cleaning up these problems.
32317
32318 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32319
32320 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32321 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32322
32323 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32324 non-nil.
32325
32326 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32327 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32328 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32329
32330 empty
32331 indentation
32332 space-before-tab
32333 trailing
32334 space-after-tab
32335
32336 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32337 whitespace problems in buffer.
32338
32339 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32340
32341 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32342 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32343 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32344 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32345 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32346 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32347 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32348
32349 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32350 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32351 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32352 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32353 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32354 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32355 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32356
32357 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32358 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32359 cleaning up these problems.
32360
32361 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32362
32363 ;;;***
32364 \f
32365 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32366 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19886 45771))
32367 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32368
32369 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32370 Browse the widget under point.
32371
32372 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32373
32374 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32375 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32376
32377 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32378
32379 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32380 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32381
32382 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32383
32384 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32385 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32386 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32387
32388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32389
32390 ;;;***
32391 \f
32392 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32393 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19968
32394 ;;;;;; 28627))
32395 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32396
32397 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32398 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32399
32400 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32401
32402 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32403 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32404 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32405
32406 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32407
32408 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32409 Create widget of TYPE.
32410 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32411
32412 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32413
32414 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32415 Delete WIDGET.
32416
32417 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32418
32419 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32420 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32421
32422 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32423
32424 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32425 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32426 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32427 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32428
32429 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32430 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32431
32432 \(fn)" nil nil)
32433
32434 ;;;***
32435 \f
32436 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32437 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19886
32438 ;;;;;; 45771))
32439 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32440
32441 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32442 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32443 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32444 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32445 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32446 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32447 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32448
32449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32450
32451 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32452 Select the window above the current one.
32453 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32454 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32455 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32456 negative ARG) of the current window.
32457 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32458
32459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32460
32461 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32462 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32463 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32464 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32465 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32466 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32467 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32468
32469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32470
32471 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32472 Select the window below the current one.
32473 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32474 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32475 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32476 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32477 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32478
32479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32480
32481 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32482 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32483 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32484 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32485
32486 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32487
32488 ;;;***
32489 \f
32490 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32491 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32492 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32493
32494 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32495 Toggle Winner mode.
32496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32497 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32498
32499 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32500
32501 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32502 Toggle Winner mode.
32503 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32504
32505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32506
32507 ;;;***
32508 \f
32509 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32510 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19981 40664))
32511 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32512
32513 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32514 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32515 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32516 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32517 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32518
32519 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32520
32521 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32522 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32523 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32524 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32525 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32526 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32527 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32528 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32529
32530 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32531 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32532
32533 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32534
32535 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32536 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32537
32538 \(fn)" t nil)
32539
32540 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32541 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32542 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32543 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32544 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32545 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32546 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32547 `woman' command for further details.
32548
32549 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32550
32551 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32552 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32553
32554 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32555
32556 ;;;***
32557 \f
32558 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32559 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32561
32562 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32563 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32564
32565 BUGS:
32566 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32567 are not implemented
32568 - Options for search and replace
32569 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32570 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32571
32572 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32573 Emacs-like.
32574
32575 The key bindings are:
32576
32577 C-a backward-word
32578 C-b fill-paragraph
32579 C-c scroll-up-line
32580 C-d forward-char
32581 C-e previous-line
32582 C-f forward-word
32583 C-g delete-char
32584 C-h backward-char
32585 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32586 C-j help-for-help
32587 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32588 C-l ws-repeat-search
32589 C-n open-line
32590 C-p quoted-insert
32591 C-r scroll-down-line
32592 C-s backward-char
32593 C-t kill-word
32594 C-u keyboard-quit
32595 C-v overwrite-mode
32596 C-w scroll-down
32597 C-x next-line
32598 C-y kill-complete-line
32599 C-z scroll-up
32600
32601 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32602 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32603 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32604 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32605 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32606 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32607 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32608 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32609 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32610 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32611 C-k b ws-begin-block
32612 C-k c ws-copy-block
32613 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32614 C-k f find-file
32615 C-k h ws-show-markers
32616 C-k i ws-indent-block
32617 C-k k ws-end-block
32618 C-k p ws-print-block
32619 C-k q kill-emacs
32620 C-k r insert-file
32621 C-k s save-some-buffers
32622 C-k t ws-mark-word
32623 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32624 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32625 C-k v ws-move-block
32626 C-k w ws-write-block
32627 C-k x kill-emacs
32628 C-k y ws-delete-block
32629
32630 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32631 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32632 C-o j justify-current-line
32633 C-o k kill-buffer
32634 C-o l list-buffers
32635 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32636 C-o r set-fill-column
32637 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32638 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32639 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32640 C-o wo other-window
32641 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32642
32643 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32644 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32645 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32646 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32647 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32648 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32649 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32650 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32651 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32652 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32653 C-q a ws-query-replace
32654 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32655 C-q c end-of-buffer
32656 C-q d end-of-line
32657 C-q f ws-search
32658 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32659 C-q l ws-undo
32660 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32661 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32662 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32663 C-q w ws-last-error
32664 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32665 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32666
32667 \(fn)" t nil)
32668
32669 ;;;***
32670 \f
32671 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32673
32674 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32675 Perform an interactive search.
32676 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32677 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32678 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32679 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32680
32681 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32682 Example:
32683
32684 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32685
32686 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32687
32688 ;;;***
32689 \f
32690 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32691 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
32692 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32693
32694 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32695 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32696 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32697 Returns the top node with all its children.
32698 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32699 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32700
32701 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32702
32703 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32704 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32705 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32706 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32707 is not well-formed XML.
32708 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32709 and returned as the first element of the list.
32710 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32711
32712 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32713
32714 ;;;***
32715 \f
32716 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32717 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32718 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32719
32720 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32721 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32722 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32723 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32724 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32725 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32726 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32727 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32728 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32729 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32730
32731 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32732
32733 ;;;***
32734 \f
32735 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19886
32736 ;;;;;; 45771))
32737 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32738
32739 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32740 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32741 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32743 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32744 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32745
32746 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32747
32748 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32749 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32750 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32751 it off.
32752
32753 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32754 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32755 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32756 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32757 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32758 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32759
32760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32761
32762 ;;;***
32763 \f
32764 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32765 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32767
32768 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32769 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32770
32771 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32772
32773 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32774 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32775
32776 \(fn)" nil nil)
32777
32778 ;;;***
32779 \f
32780 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32781 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32783
32784 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32785 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32786
32787 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32788
32789 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32790 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32791
32792 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32793
32794 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32795 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32796 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32797
32798 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32799
32800 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32801 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32802
32803 \(fn)" t nil)
32804
32805 ;;;***
32806 \f
32807 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
32808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32809
32810 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32811 Zone out, completely.
32812
32813 \(fn)" t nil)
32814
32815 ;;;***
32816 \f
32817 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32819 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32823 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32830 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32831 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32832 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32833 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32834 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32835 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32836 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32837 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32838 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32839 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32840 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32841 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32842 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32843 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32844 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32845 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32849 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32850 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32851 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32884 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32885 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32886 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32887 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32888 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32889 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32890 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32891 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32892 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32893 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32897 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32898 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32899 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32900 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32901 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32902 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32904 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32905 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32906 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32907 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32908 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32909 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32910 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32911 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32912 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32913 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32914 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32915 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32916 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32917 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32918 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32919 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32921 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32922 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32923 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32924 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32925 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32926 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32927 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32928 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32929 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32930 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32931 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32932 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32933 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32934 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32935 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32936 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32937 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32938 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32939 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32940 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32941 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32942 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32943 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32944 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32945 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32946 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32947 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32948 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32949 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32950 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32951 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32952 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32953 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32954 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32955 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32956 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32957 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32958 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32959 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32960 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32961 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32962 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32963 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32964 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32965 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32966 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32967 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32968 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32969 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32970 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32971 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32972 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32973 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32974 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32975 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32976 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32977 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32978 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32979 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-calc.el"
32980 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32981 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32982 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32983 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32984 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32985 ;;;;;; "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32986 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32987 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32988 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32989 ;;;;;; "org/org-complete.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32990 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
32991 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
32992 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32993 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32994 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32995 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
32996 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el"
32997 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32998 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33003 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33005 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33006 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33011 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33012 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
33013 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
33014 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33015 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33016 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33017 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33018 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33019 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19981 41048 99944))
33020
33021 ;;;***
33022 \f
33023 (provide 'loaddefs)
33024 ;; Local Variables:
33025 ;; version-control: never
33026 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33027 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33028 ;; coding: utf-8
33029 ;; End:
33030 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here